1 #LyX 1.6.0alpha1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_inset Newline newline
135 \begin_inset Newline newline
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
152 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
162 LatexCommand tableofcontents
169 \begin_layout Chapter
173 \begin_layout Section
177 \begin_layout Standard
178 LyX is a document preparation system.
179 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
180 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
181 It is unlike most other
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
189 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
191 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
230 \begin_layout Standard
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
244 the format of all of the manuals.
245 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
246 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 \begin_layout Section
267 \begin_layout Standard
268 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
270 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
271 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
273 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
292 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
295 \begin_layout Standard
296 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
297 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
298 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
300 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
301 only a vertical scrollbar.
302 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
303 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
304 This, however, is due
305 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
306 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
307 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
308 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
310 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
311 this doesn't work for equations yet.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
323 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
328 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
329 ing sections of this documentation.
332 \begin_layout Section
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
350 \begin_layout Section
352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
354 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
363 without resorting to configuration files.
364 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
365 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
366 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
381 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
382 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
383 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
384 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Reconfiguration of LyX
399 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
402 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
406 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
413 \begin_layout Standard
414 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
415 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
438 that will be created when using the menu
440 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
460 \begin_inset Note Note
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
472 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
473 More on ERT is described in section
478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
505 Reconfiguration of LyX
513 \begin_layout Chapter
517 \begin_layout Section
518 Basic File Operations
522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 \begin_layout Standard
536 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Standard
641 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
642 a few minor differences.
645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
660 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
661 you for a template to use.
662 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
663 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
664 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
672 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
679 \begin_layout Standard
681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
704 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
705 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
708 \begin_layout Standard
729 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
734 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
759 will reload the document from disk.
760 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
761 and want to restore it to the last save.
770 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
771 can identify this as your changes.
774 \begin_layout Section
775 Basic Editing Features
779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
788 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
797 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
798 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
799 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
801 We'll start with cut and paste.
804 \begin_layout Standard
805 As you might expect, the
809 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
810 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
814 \begin_layout Itemize
820 \begin_layout Itemize
826 \begin_layout Itemize
832 \begin_layout Itemize
842 \begin_layout Itemize
852 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_layout Standard
867 The first three are self-explanatory.
868 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
869 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
878 keys also functions as the
883 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
884 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
889 to get back the lost text.
892 \begin_layout Standard
896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
902 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
911 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
914 \begin_layout Standard
917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
922 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
933 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
939 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
948 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
949 will start a new paragraph.
952 \begin_layout Standard
956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1003 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1006 \begin_inset Space ~
1015 \begin_inset Space ~
1020 button to skip the current word.
1024 \begin_inset Space ~
1029 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1033 \begin_inset Space ~
1038 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1040 If the toggle is set, searching for
1041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1052 will not match the word
1053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1067 Match whole words only
1069 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1098 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1099 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1101 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1106 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1113 \begin_layout Section
1118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1137 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1146 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1152 to undo some mistake.
1153 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1171 \begin_layout Standard
1172 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1173 it was last saved, the
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1181 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1182 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1185 \begin_layout Standard
1194 work on almost everything in LyX.
1195 They have some quirks, too.
1204 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1205 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1213 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1214 surely appreciate how it works.
1217 \begin_layout Section
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1235 \begin_layout Enumerate
1240 \begin_layout Itemize
1245 once anywhere in the edit window.
1246 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1250 \begin_layout Enumerate
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1261 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1267 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1270 \begin_layout Itemize
1271 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 \begin_layout Enumerate
1281 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1285 \begin_layout Standard
1290 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1291 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1292 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1296 \begin_layout Enumerate
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1306 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1311 \begin_layout Section
1313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1315 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1333 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1334 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1336 LyX's default is CUA.
1339 \begin_layout Standard
1343 \begin_inset Space ~
1351 \begin_inset Space ~
1372 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1376 \begin_layout Labeling
1377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1381 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1382 LatexCommand nomenclature
1384 description "Tabulator key"
1390 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1391 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1392 \begin_inset Space ~
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1398 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1405 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1409 , especially section
1410 \begin_inset Space ~
1414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1416 reference "sub:Lists"
1422 If you're still confused, look in the
1429 \begin_layout Labeling
1430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1435 LatexCommand nomenclature
1437 description "Escape key"
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1451 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1452 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1455 \begin_layout Labeling
1456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1462 \begin_inset Space ~
1466 \begin_inset Space ~
1473 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1474 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 There are three modifier keys:
1482 \begin_layout Labeling
1483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1501 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1502 LatexCommand nomenclature
1504 description "Control key"
1508 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1509 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1513 \begin_layout Itemize
1522 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1525 \begin_layout Itemize
1534 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1537 \begin_layout Itemize
1546 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1550 \begin_layout Labeling
1551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1569 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1570 LatexCommand nomenclature
1572 description "Shift key"
1576 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1577 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1580 \begin_layout Labeling
1581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1599 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1600 LatexCommand nomenclature
1602 description "Meta or Alt key"
1606 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1607 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1608 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1614 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1616 menu accelerator keys
1619 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1620 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1624 \begin_layout Standard
1625 For example, the sequence
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1632 \begin_inset Space ~
1636 \begin_inset Space ~
1642 \begin_inset Space ~
1650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1673 \begin_inset Space ~
1679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1690 There are also other things bound to the
1694 key, but you'll have to check in the
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1708 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1709 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1710 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1711 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1712 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1713 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1729 followed by a capital
1735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1753 \begin_layout Chapter
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_layout Section
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Subsection
1785 \begin_layout Standard
1786 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1787 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1788 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1789 numbering schemes, and so on.
1790 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1791 and format the title of your document differently.
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1799 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1800 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1801 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1802 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1803 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1806 \begin_layout Standard
1807 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1808 how to adjust their properties.
1811 \begin_layout Subsection
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1825 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1836 \begin_layout Standard
1837 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1841 \begin_layout Description
1842 Article for basic articles
1845 \begin_layout Description
1846 Report for basic reports
1849 \begin_layout Description
1850 Book for writing a book
1853 \begin_layout Description
1854 Letter for US-style letters
1857 \begin_layout Standard
1858 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1860 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1861 can be found in chapter
1863 Special Document Classes
1872 \begin_layout Description
1873 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1876 \begin_layout Description
1883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1892 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1896 \begin_layout Description
1897 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1898 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1899 There are three article layouts available.
1900 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1901 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1902 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1903 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1908 sequential numbering
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1912 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1913 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1914 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1915 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1918 \begin_layout Description
1919 Beamer Layout for presentations
1922 \begin_layout Description
1923 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1924 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1928 \begin_layout Description
1930 \begin_inset Space ~
1933 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1936 \begin_layout Description
1937 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1940 \begin_layout Description
1943 Die TeXnische Komödie
1945 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1948 \begin_layout Description
1949 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1952 \begin_layout Description
1953 Foils Used to make transparencies
1956 \begin_layout Description
1957 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1960 \begin_layout Description
1961 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1962 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1966 \begin_layout Description
1967 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1968 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1971 \begin_layout Description
1972 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1975 \begin_layout Description
1976 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1979 \begin_layout Description
1980 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1981 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1984 \begin_layout Description
1985 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1988 \begin_layout Description
1993 LaTeX document class
1996 \begin_layout Description
1997 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2000 \begin_layout Description
2005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2012 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2013 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2015 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2018 \begin_layout Description
2019 Slides Used to make transparencies
2022 \begin_layout Description
2024 \begin_inset Space ~
2027 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2028 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2031 \begin_layout Description
2032 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2035 \begin_layout Description
2040 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2044 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2046 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2051 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2052 of the document classes.
2055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2059 \begin_layout Standard
2060 You can select a class using the
2062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2076 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2084 \begin_layout Standard
2085 Each class has a default set of options.
2086 Here's a quick table describing them:
2089 \begin_layout Standard
2090 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2098 \begin_inset Tabular
2099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2566 \begin_layout Standard
2567 You're probably also wondering what
2568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2572 \begin_inset Space ~
2576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2580 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2581 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2586 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2591 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2601 headings, there are also
2609 headings, and so on.
2610 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2611 \begin_inset Space ~
2615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2617 reference "sub:Headings"
2624 \begin_layout Subsection
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2638 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2671 \begin_inset Space ~
2676 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2678 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2679 to use for your document.
2680 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2688 \begin_inset Space ~
2697 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2698 You can choose between the following five options:
2701 \begin_layout Labeling
2702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2707 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2710 \begin_layout Labeling
2711 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2716 No page numbers or headings.
2719 \begin_layout Labeling
2720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2728 \begin_layout Labeling
2729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2734 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2735 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2736 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2739 \begin_layout Labeling
2740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2745 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2753 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2761 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2762 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2764 Check the documentation for the
2768 package for more details,
2769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2783 of paragraphs is described in section
2784 \begin_inset Space ~
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2790 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2797 \begin_layout Subsection
2798 Paper Size and Orientation
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 Document ! Paper size
2809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2811 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 You'll find the following options in the menu
2822 \begin_inset Space ~
2827 of the dialog of the
2829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Labeling
2848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2853 What size paper to print on.
2857 \begin_layout Itemize
2863 \begin_layout Itemize
2873 \begin_layout Itemize
2879 \begin_layout Itemize
2885 \begin_layout Itemize
2891 \begin_layout Itemize
2897 \begin_layout Itemize
2903 \begin_layout Labeling
2904 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2909 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2920 \begin_layout Labeling
2921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2925 \begin_inset Space ~
2930 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2931 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2934 \begin_layout Subsection
2939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 \begin_layout Standard
2966 Paper margins are set in the menu
2968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2988 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2989 the paper format and the font size into account.
2992 \begin_layout Subsection
2996 \begin_layout Standard
2997 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3002 That includes the paragraph environments.
3003 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3004 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3005 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3006 paragraph environments to
3010 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3011 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3012 the conversion and why it failed.
3015 \begin_layout Section
3016 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 Paragraph ! Indentation
3029 \begin_layout Subsection
3031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3033 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3041 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3042 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3045 \begin_layout Standard
3046 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3047 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3048 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3049 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3053 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3059 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3060 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3061 language than English.
3062 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3065 \begin_layout Standard
3066 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3067 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3069 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3070 LyX takes care of that.
3071 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3073 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3074 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3075 of a page, and so on.
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3085 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3086 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3090 of these pre-coded spacings.
3091 We'll explain more later.
3094 \begin_layout Subsection
3095 Paragraph Separation
3099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3100 Paragraph ! Separation
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 To separate paragraphs, select
3120 \begin_inset Space ~
3127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3141 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3142 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3157 \begin_inset Space ~
3161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3163 reference "cap:Units"
3168 The default length is 30
3169 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3175 \begin_layout Subsection
3179 \begin_layout Standard
3180 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3185 \begin_inset Space ~
3190 dialog and toggle the
3193 \begin_inset Space ~
3198 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3199 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3200 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3204 \begin_layout Standard
3205 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3206 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3209 \begin_layout Subsection
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3215 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3242 \begin_inset Space ~
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3266 installed to use this feature.
3274 \begin_layout Section
3275 Paragraph Environments
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 Paragraph ! Environments
3286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3288 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 Paragraph environments|(
3305 \begin_layout Subsection
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3310 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3313 \begin_layout Standard
3332 \begin_inset Newline newline
3335 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3336 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3337 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3346 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3349 \begin_layout Standard
3350 A paragraph environment is simply a
3351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3358 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3359 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3360 scheme, labels, and so on.
3361 Additionally, you can
3362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3369 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3370 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3371 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3372 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3373 days of typewriters.
3374 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3376 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3379 \begin_layout Standard
3380 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3382 LyX will change the environment of the
3386 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3387 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3388 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3392 \begin_layout Standard
3401 create a new paragraph using the
3405 paragraph environment.
3407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3414 because if you are in one of these environments:
3417 \begin_layout Itemize
3423 \begin_layout Itemize
3429 \begin_layout Itemize
3435 \begin_layout Itemize
3441 \begin_layout Itemize
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Standard
3460 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3464 , rather than resetting it to
3469 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3470 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3471 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3472 \begin_inset Space ~
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3478 reference "sec:Nesting"
3483 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3488 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3489 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3497 \begin_layout Subsection
3501 \begin_layout Standard
3502 The default paragraph environment is
3507 It creates a plain paragraph.
3508 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3509 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3510 this manual) are in the
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 You can nest a paragraph using the
3522 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3530 \begin_layout Subsection
3535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_layout Standard
3545 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3554 for thanks or contact information.
3555 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3556 page along with today's date.
3557 For other types of documents, the title
3558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3565 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3570 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3584 Here's how you use them:
3587 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 Put the title of your document in the
3595 \begin_layout Itemize
3596 Put the author name in the
3603 \begin_layout Itemize
3604 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3605 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3611 Note that using this environment is optional.
3612 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3613 If you don't want any date, add the line
3614 \begin_inset Newline newline
3624 \begin_inset Newline newline
3627 to the preamble of your document (menu
3629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 You can use footnotes to insert
3637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3644 or contact informations.
3647 \begin_layout Subsection
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3669 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3670 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3679 Section headings ! Numbered
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3692 \begin_layout Enumerate
3698 \begin_layout Enumerate
3704 \begin_layout Enumerate
3710 \begin_layout Enumerate
3716 \begin_layout Enumerate
3722 \begin_layout Enumerate
3728 \begin_layout Enumerate
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3736 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3737 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3742 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3743 You group the book into chapters.
3744 LyX does similar grouping:
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 is divided in either
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Itemize
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 Not all document types use the
3834 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3839 is the top-level heading.
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3852 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3853 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3855 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3867 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3886 \begin_layout Enumerate
3892 \begin_layout Enumerate
3898 \begin_layout Enumerate
3904 \begin_layout Enumerate
3910 \begin_layout Enumerate
3916 \begin_layout Standard
3918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3925 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3926 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3927 table of contents, see section
3928 \begin_inset Space ~
3932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3942 Changing the Numbering
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3954 in the Table of Contents.
3955 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3957 Certain classes start with
3971 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3981 This is something you can change.
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4007 \begin_inset Space ~
4011 \begin_inset Space ~
4016 you'll see two counters.
4021 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4023 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4028 Short Titles of Headings
4032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4033 Section headings ! Short titles
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4051 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4060 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4061 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4062 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4067 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4068 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4069 To specify a short title, use the menu
4071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4073 \begin_inset Space ~
4079 This will insert a box labeled
4080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4095 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4096 This also works for captions inside floats.
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4100 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 The following information applies to all section headings:
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4116 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4123 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4146 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4147 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4148 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4149 the text they contain.
4150 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4158 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4171 when you start a new paragraph.
4172 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4176 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4177 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4178 to change back to the
4182 environment yourself.
4185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4216 time for the differences.
4225 are identical except for one difference:
4229 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4238 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 Here's an example of the
4255 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4257 See -- no indentation!
4261 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4262 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4263 the other paragraph.
4266 \begin_layout Standard
4267 Here's another example, this time in the
4274 \begin_layout Quotation
4280 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4281 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4282 the first line, then
4286 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4290 you were quoting other text.
4293 \begin_layout Quotation
4294 Here's a new paragraph.
4295 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4296 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 As the examples show,
4304 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4305 They should put quotes in the
4310 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4314 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4354 \begin_layout Standard
4359 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4365 \begin_inset Newline newline
4368 Which I did not rehearse!
4372 It could be much worse.
4373 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4375 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4376 indented a bit more than the first.
4377 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4383 \begin_inset Newline newline
4386 And make things look fine
4387 \begin_inset Newline newline
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4402 does not indent both margins.
4403 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4404 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4415 \begin_layout Subsection
4420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4436 \begin_layout Standard
4437 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4447 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4456 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4457 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4458 some general features of all four of them.
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4465 \begin_layout Standard
4466 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4468 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4477 reset the environment to
4481 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4482 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4483 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4488 to break paragraphs.
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4492 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4493 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4495 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4496 you read all of section
4497 \begin_inset Space ~
4501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4503 reference "sec:Nesting"
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4541 paragraph environment.
4542 It has the following properties:
4545 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4550 \begin_layout Itemize
4551 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4555 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4559 \begin_layout Itemize
4560 The items can have any length.
4561 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4562 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4569 \begin_layout Itemize
4574 environment inside another
4578 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4583 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 \begin_inset Space ~
4596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4598 reference "sec:Nesting"
4602 for a full explanation of nesting.
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4616 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4619 \begin_layout Standard
4620 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4621 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4622 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4625 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 The label for the first level
4630 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 The label for the second level is a dash.
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4640 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4649 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 Back out to the third level.
4654 \begin_layout Itemize
4655 Back to the second level.
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4660 Back to the outermost level.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 These are the default labels for an
4669 You can customize these labels in the
4671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 dialog in the submenu
4684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4695 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4697 \begin_inset Space ~
4701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4703 reference "sec:Nesting"
4710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4728 name "sec:Enumerate"
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4740 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4741 It has these properties:
4744 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4749 \begin_layout Enumerate
4750 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4755 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4758 \begin_layout Enumerate
4763 environment resets the counter to one.
4766 \begin_layout Enumerate
4779 \begin_layout Enumerate
4780 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4781 Items can have any length.
4784 \begin_layout Enumerate
4785 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4788 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4792 \begin_layout Enumerate
4793 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4806 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4807 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4814 \begin_layout Enumerate
4815 The first level of an
4819 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4823 \begin_layout Enumerate
4824 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4828 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4833 \begin_layout Enumerate
4834 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4837 \begin_layout Enumerate
4838 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Back to the third level
4848 \begin_layout Enumerate
4849 Back to the second level.
4853 \begin_layout Enumerate
4854 Back to the outermost level.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4863 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4868 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4872 \begin_layout Standard
4873 There is more to nesting
4877 environments than we've stated here.
4878 You should read section
4879 \begin_inset Space ~
4883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4885 reference "sec:Nesting"
4889 to learn more about nesting.
4892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4910 name "sec:Description-List"
4917 \begin_layout Standard
4918 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4922 list has no fixed label.
4923 Instead, LyX uses the first
4924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4931 of the first line as the label.
4935 \begin_layout Description
4936 Example: This is an example of the
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 it is meant that the first hit of the
4961 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4963 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4977 \begin_inset Space ~
4983 \begin_inset Space ~
4987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4989 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4993 for more info.) Here is an example:
4996 \begin_layout Description
4998 \begin_inset Space ~
5001 Example: This one shows how to use a
5004 \begin_inset Space ~
5016 \begin_layout Description
5017 Usage: You should use the
5021 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5022 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5024 It's not a good idea to use a
5028 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5029 You're better off using
5041 paragraphs into them.
5044 \begin_layout Description
5045 Nesting: You can nest
5049 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5055 them from the first line.
5058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5088 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5101 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5102 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5105 \begin_layout Labeling
5106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5108 \begin_inset Space ~
5111 labels LyX uses the first
5112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5119 of each line as the item label.
5124 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5125 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5126 blank as described above.
5129 \begin_layout Labeling
5130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5131 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5132 the body of the item text.
5133 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5134 label width plus a little extra space.
5138 \begin_layout Labeling
5139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5141 \begin_inset Space ~
5144 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5146 If the label width is larger, the label
5147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5154 into the first line.
5155 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5156 margin of the rest of the item text.
5159 \begin_layout Labeling
5160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5162 \begin_inset Space ~
5165 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5170 environment have the same left margin.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5179 \begin_inset Space ~
5188 \begin_inset Space ~
5193 determines the default label width.
5194 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5203 multiple times instead.
5204 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5213 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5216 \begin_inset Space ~
5221 every time you alter a label in a
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5229 The predefined default width is the length of
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5239 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5251 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5252 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5265 environment the same way like the
5269 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5275 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5284 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5286 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5288 \begin_inset Space ~
5292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5294 reference "sec:Nesting"
5298 to learn about nesting.
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 There is yet another feature of the
5306 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5308 You can use additional
5312 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5318 \begin_inset Space ~
5322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5324 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5329 Here are some examples:
5332 \begin_layout Labeling
5333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5334 Left The default for
5341 \begin_layout Labeling
5342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5343 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5350 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5353 \begin_layout Labeling
5354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5355 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5359 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5366 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5369 \begin_layout Subsection
5374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5391 \begin_inset Space ~
5399 \begin_layout Standard
5400 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5408 \begin_inset Space ~
5414 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5415 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5416 In contrast, you can use the
5423 \begin_inset Space ~
5428 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5429 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 Of course, you're not limited to using
5441 \begin_inset Space ~
5450 \begin_inset Space ~
5455 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5456 some European academic papers.
5459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5463 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5475 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5476 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5480 \begin_inset Space ~
5485 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5486 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5487 Here's an example of each:
5490 \begin_layout Right Address
5492 \begin_inset Newline newline
5496 \begin_inset Newline newline
5500 \begin_inset Newline newline
5503 When is it? What is today?
5506 \begin_layout Standard
5510 \begin_inset Space ~
5516 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5517 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5518 Here's an example of the
5525 \begin_layout Address
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 Where do I send this
5531 \begin_inset Newline newline
5534 Your post office and country
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 As you can see, both
5545 \begin_inset Space ~
5550 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5555 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5561 This makes sense, since
5569 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5570 Thus, you have to use
5581 \begin_inset Space ~
5584 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5586 \begin_inset Space ~
5595 menu) to start a new line in an
5602 \begin_inset Space ~
5610 \begin_layout Subsection
5614 \begin_layout Standard
5615 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5616 or list of references.
5617 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5636 \begin_layout Standard
5641 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5642 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5643 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5644 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5648 in anything else or vice versa.
5654 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5655 The book document classes ignores the
5659 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5663 in a letter document class.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5671 environment does several things for you.
5672 First, it puts the centered label
5673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5681 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5683 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5684 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5685 the subsequent text.
5686 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5687 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5695 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5696 The new paragraph will still be in the
5701 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5702 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 \begin_inset Float figure
5711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5713 \begin_inset Graphics
5714 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5724 \begin_inset Caption
5726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5729 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5750 \begin_layout Standard
5751 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5755 environment, but since this document is in the
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 class, we can't do this.
5764 We inserted it therefore as figure
5765 \begin_inset Space ~
5769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5771 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5776 If you've never heard of an
5777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5784 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5805 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5817 environment is used to list references.
5818 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5819 only use it at the end of the document.
5824 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5827 \begin_layout Standard
5828 When you first open a
5832 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5848 depending on the document class.
5849 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5850 Each paragraph of the
5854 environment is a bibliography entry.
5859 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5860 Each new paragraph is still in the
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5870 \begin_inset Space ~
5874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5876 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5883 \begin_layout Subsection
5890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5891 Paragraph ! LyX code
5897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5911 environment is another LyX extension.
5912 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5917 key as a fixed whitespace;
5921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5933 \begin_inset Space ~
5938 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5943 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5944 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5962 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5963 So, when you finish using the
5967 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5968 Also, you can nest the
5972 environment inside of others.
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5976 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5979 \begin_layout Itemize
5984 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5996 \begin_layout Itemize
6009 \begin_layout Itemize
6014 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6021 \begin_layout Itemize
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6031 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6032 You must put at least one
6036 in any line you want blank.
6037 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6040 \begin_layout Itemize
6041 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6045 since that will insert
6050 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6058 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6065 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6069 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6082 printf("Hello World!
6087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 This is just the standard
6097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6113 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6114 rc-files, and so on.
6115 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6116 as if you used a typewriter.
6120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6121 Paragraph environments|)
6129 \begin_layout Section
6130 Nesting Environments
6134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6135 Nesting ! Environments
6141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6150 \begin_layout Subsection
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6157 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6159 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6161 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6173 \begin_layout Enumerate
6177 \begin_layout Enumerate
6182 \begin_layout Enumerate
6186 \begin_layout Enumerate
6191 \begin_layout Enumerate
6195 \begin_layout Standard
6196 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6197 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6200 \begin_inset Space ~
6204 \begin_inset Space ~
6212 \begin_inset Space ~
6216 \begin_inset Space ~
6225 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6226 will tell you how far you are nested).
6227 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6228 \begin_inset Graphics
6229 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6235 \begin_inset Graphics
6236 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6241 or the convenient key bindings
6249 to change the nesting level.
6250 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6251 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6257 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6258 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6259 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6264 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6266 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6269 \begin_layout Subsection
6270 What You Can and Can't Nest
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6274 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6275 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6280 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6281 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6284 \begin_layout Itemize
6285 Completely unnestable
6288 \begin_layout Itemize
6289 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6290 other things inside of them.
6293 \begin_layout Itemize
6294 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6300 environments have them:
6303 \begin_layout Description
6304 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6305 Can't nest into them.
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 \begin_layout Itemize
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 \begin_layout Itemize
6355 \begin_layout Itemize
6361 \begin_layout Itemize
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6373 \begin_layout Itemize
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6391 \begin_layout Itemize
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6416 \begin_layout Description
6418 \begin_inset Space ~
6421 Nestable You can nest them.
6422 You can nest other things into them.
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6462 \begin_layout Itemize
6468 \begin_layout Itemize
6475 \begin_layout Description
6476 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6477 You can't nest anything into them.
6481 \begin_layout Itemize
6487 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_inset Space ~
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6509 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6513 \begin_inset Space ~
6521 \begin_inset Space ~
6529 \begin_layout Subsection
6530 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6543 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6551 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6552 affected by nesting anyhow.
6556 \begin_layout Itemize
6560 \begin_layout Itemize
6564 \begin_layout Itemize
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 If you put a figure or a table in a
6582 , this is no longer true.
6587 Have a look at section
6588 \begin_inset Space ~
6592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6594 reference "sec:Floats"
6598 for more informations about
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6607 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6612 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6620 of its own, it behaves just like a
6621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6628 paragraph environment.
6629 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6633 \begin_layout Standard
6634 Here's an example with a table:
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 \begin_layout Enumerate
6643 This is (a) and it's nested.
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6656 \begin_inset Tabular
6657 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6744 \begin_layout Standard
6745 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6754 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6758 \begin_layout Enumerate
6762 \begin_layout Standard
6763 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6772 This is (a) and it's nested.
6776 \begin_layout Standard
6777 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6785 \begin_inset Tabular
6786 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 \begin_layout Standard
6874 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6887 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6902 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6910 \begin_layout Enumerate
6911 This is (a) and it's nested.
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6923 \begin_inset Tabular
6924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7011 \begin_layout Standard
7012 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7028 \begin_layout Enumerate
7032 \begin_layout Standard
7033 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7039 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7040 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7044 \begin_layout Subsection
7045 Usage and General Features
7046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7048 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7055 \begin_layout Standard
7056 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7065 is the innermost possible depth.
7066 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7069 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 level #1 - outermost
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7105 both of them in the example.
7106 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7116 For example, if we tried to nest another
7121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7131 \begin_layout Subsection
7136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7147 We have several examples of nested environments.
7148 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7153 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7156 \begin_layout Labeling
7157 \labelwidthstring MMM
7158 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7167 \begin_layout Labeling
7168 \labelwidthstring MMM
7169 #2-a This is level #2.
7170 We created it by using
7182 \begin_layout Labeling
7183 \labelwidthstring MMM
7184 #3-a This is level #3.
7185 This time, we just hit
7194 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7212 environment, nested inside of
7213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7221 So, it's at level #4.
7222 We did this by hitting
7230 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7235 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7256 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7263 \begin_layout Labeling
7264 \labelwidthstring MMM
7265 #4-a This is level #4.
7270 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7275 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7279 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7284 keep nesting things inside of
7285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7296 \begin_layout Labeling
7297 \labelwidthstring MMM
7298 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7303 \begin_layout Labeling
7304 \labelwidthstring MMM
7305 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7306 and this is level #6.
7307 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7311 \begin_layout Labeling
7312 \labelwidthstring MMM
7313 #5-b Back to level #5.
7326 \begin_layout Labeling
7327 \labelwidthstring MMM
7336 , we're back at level #4.
7340 \begin_layout Labeling
7341 \labelwidthstring MMM
7342 #3-b Back to level #3.
7343 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7347 \begin_layout Labeling
7348 \labelwidthstring MMM
7349 #2-b Back to level #2.
7354 \begin_layout Labeling
7355 \labelwidthstring MMM
7356 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7357 After this sentence, we'll hit
7361 and change the paragraph environment back to
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 We could have also used the
7385 environment in place of the
7390 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7394 Example 2: Inheritance
7397 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7398 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7401 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7411 , after which, we'll change to the
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7424 environment, at level #2.
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 Notice how the nested
7432 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7436 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7441 We ended this example by hitting
7446 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7450 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7458 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7480 This is level #1, in an
7484 paragraph environment.
7485 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7489 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 Now, what happens if we nest an
7504 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7505 label be? An asterisk?
7509 \begin_layout Itemize
7519 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7520 So, its label is a bullet.
7521 (We got here by using
7529 , then changing the environment to
7537 \begin_layout Itemize
7538 Here's level #4, produced using
7547 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7553 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7555 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7560 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7564 , because we are in the
7588 \begin_layout Enumerate
7593 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7594 type of numbering does LyX use?
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7602 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7605 \begin_layout Enumerate
7610 to decrease the depth after the next
7618 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7624 \begin_layout Enumerate
7626 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7627 numeral as the label.Why?
7630 \begin_layout Enumerate
7631 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7640 Notice, however, that LyX
7644 reset the counter for the label.
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7658 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7659 into the twofold-nested
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 The same thing happens if we do another
7676 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7685 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7699 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7705 The same rule applies for the
7709 environment, as well.
7712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7713 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7716 \begin_layout Enumerate
7717 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7718 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7719 same detail with how we did it.
7728 \begin_layout Standard
7731 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7733 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7734 example in parentheses someplace.
7735 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7736 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7737 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7741 \begin_layout Enumerate
7746 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7751 Now we'll add verse.
7752 \begin_inset Newline newline
7755 It will get much worse.
7756 \begin_inset Newline newline
7761 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7767 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7768 \begin_inset Newline newline
7771 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7772 \begin_inset Newline newline
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7794 \begin_inset Tabular
7795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7798 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7886 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7890 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 : level #1) This is another item.
7902 Note that selecting a
7906 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7907 3 times to put the table inside the
7915 \begin_layout Quotation
7916 We're now ending the
7920 list and changing to
7925 We're still at level #1.
7926 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7927 The next set of paragraphs is a
7928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7942 \begin_inset Space ~
7947 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7951 for the letter body.
7956 to preserve the depth.
7957 Remember that you need to use
7961 to create multiple lines inside the
7968 \begin_inset Space ~
7978 \begin_layout Right Address
7980 \begin_inset Newline newline
7983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7984 \begin_inset Newline newline
7990 \begin_layout Address
7992 \begin_inset Space ~
7998 \begin_layout Quotation
7999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8000 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8007 as soon as possible.
8008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8011 \begin_layout Quotation
8012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8014 with your order, along with payment.
8017 \begin_layout Quotation
8018 We thank you again for your patience.
8021 \begin_layout Address
8023 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 \begin_layout Quotation
8031 That ends that example!
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8036 just a few keystrokes.
8037 We could have easily nested an
8058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8061 \begin_layout Section
8062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8079 be broken at the end of a line.
8080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8084 \begin_layout Subsection
8086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8105 \begin_layout Standard
8106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8112 Further documentation is given in section
8113 \begin_inset Newline newline
8117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 A protected space is set with
8154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8159 \begin_inset Space ~
8173 \begin_layout Subsection
8175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8177 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8186 Spacing ! Horizontal
8194 \begin_layout Standard
8195 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8198 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 The length units are listed in Appendix
8203 \begin_inset Space ~
8207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8220 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8239 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8243 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8246 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8247 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8248 \begin_inset Space ~
8252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8254 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8259 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8260 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8271 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8297 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8306 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8307 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8308 inside abbreviations:
8313 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8317 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8318 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8322 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 or between values and units.
8330 Compare for example this:
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8335 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8339 \begin_inset Newline newline
8345 \begin_layout Standard
8346 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8349 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8351 \begin_inset Space ~
8363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8367 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8375 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8378 \begin_layout Description
8380 \begin_inset Space ~
8384 \begin_inset Space ~
8388 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8392 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8396 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8399 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8402 \begin_layout Description
8404 \begin_inset Space ~
8408 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8412 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8416 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8420 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8424 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8427 em) space between the arrows.
8430 \begin_layout Description
8432 \begin_inset Space ~
8436 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8440 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8444 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8448 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8452 \begin_inset Space ~
8456 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8459 em) space between the arrows.
8462 \begin_layout Description
8464 \begin_inset Space ~
8468 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8476 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8480 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8484 \begin_inset Space ~
8488 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8491 em) space between the arrows.
8494 \begin_layout Description
8496 \begin_inset Space ~
8500 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8504 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8509 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8513 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8516 cm space between the arrows.
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset Space ~
8525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8527 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8531 lists the different space sizes.
8534 \begin_layout Standard
8535 \begin_inset Float table
8540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 \begin_inset Caption
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8547 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8551 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8561 \begin_inset Tabular
8562 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8605 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8629 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8748 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8761 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8802 in a uniform fashion.
8803 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8804 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8805 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8806 equally between themselves.
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8816 This is on the left side
8817 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8820 This is on the right
8826 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8830 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8839 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8843 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8847 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8854 That was an example in the
8860 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8864 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8868 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8871 is one in a standard paragraph.
8872 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8876 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8881 Here's an example with the
8888 \begin_layout Labeling
8889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8891 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8895 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8899 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8903 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 marks the beginning of the item.
8919 (There is actually a
8920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8927 hfill inside of the label of the
8931 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8940 situations, like two-column mode.
8943 \begin_layout Standard
8944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8952 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8956 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8957 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8958 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
8962 option in the space dialog.
8970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8984 \begin_layout Standard
8985 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8987 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8994 What is correct English?:
8995 \begin_inset Newline newline
8999 \begin_inset Newline newline
9003 \begin_inset Space ~
9006 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9007 \begin_inset Newline newline
9014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9025 \begin_inset Newline newline
9032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9043 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9055 \begin_inset Space ~
9059 \begin_inset Space ~
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9074 In our case write the command
9081 (note the space after
9082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9090 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9091 That is why it is named
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9104 There exists also the commands
9116 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9117 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9120 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9132 \begin_layout Subsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9157 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset Space ~
9165 There you find the following sizes:
9168 \begin_layout Standard
9181 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9186 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9188 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 for the paragraph separation.
9202 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9213 \begin_layout Standard
9222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9228 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9229 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9231 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9232 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9241 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9250 s are described in section
9251 \begin_inset Space ~
9255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9257 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9266 If there are several
9270 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9271 You can therefore use
9275 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9283 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9284 \begin_inset Space ~
9288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9308 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9309 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9321 \begin_layout Subsection
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9326 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9328 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9332 There are four possibilities:
9335 \begin_layout Itemize
9341 \begin_layout Itemize
9347 \begin_layout Itemize
9353 \begin_layout Itemize
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9361 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9362 the left and right margins.
9363 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9368 This paragraph is right aligned,
9371 \begin_layout Standard
9373 this one is centered,
9376 \begin_layout Standard
9378 this one is left aligned.
9381 \begin_layout Subsection
9386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9395 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9404 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9405 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9406 Only if you use many
9410 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9414 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9415 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9419 have to change the pagebreaking.
9422 \begin_layout Standard
9423 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9425 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
9427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9430 \begin_inset Space ~
9436 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
9437 that it fills out the complete page.
9438 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9439 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9440 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9452 For more about ERT see section
9453 \begin_inset Space ~
9457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9469 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
9470 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
9474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9475 normally one uses simply
9487 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
9488 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
9491 \begin_layout Standard
9492 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9493 at the top of a page.
9494 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9495 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9496 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9497 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9501 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9516 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9533 \begin_layout Standard
9534 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9535 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9536 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9537 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9538 if necessary by adding pages.
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9542 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9545 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9547 \begin_inset Space ~
9553 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9556 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9558 \begin_inset Space ~
9562 \begin_inset Space ~
9567 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9568 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9571 \begin_layout Subsection
9576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9585 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9592 \begin_layout Standard
9593 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9595 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9600 \begin_inset Space ~
9610 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
9611 whole space between the page margins.
9612 This is necessary to avoid
9613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9620 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9621 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
9633 The syntax is similar tho the command
9639 , described in the previous section.
9642 \begin_layout Standard
9643 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9644 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9645 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9646 set a linebreak, e.g.
9647 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9648 \begin_inset Space ~
9652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9654 reference "sec:Quote"
9659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9661 reference "sec:Verse"
9666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9668 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9675 \begin_layout Subsection
9677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9679 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9696 \begin_layout Standard
9701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9702 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9704 \begin_inset Space ~
9709 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9715 \begin_layout Section
9716 Fonts and Text Styles
9717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9719 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9726 \begin_layout Subsection
9731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9740 \begin_layout Standard
9741 There are two types of fonts:
9744 \begin_layout Description
9746 \begin_inset Space ~
9753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9760 characters) in the font.
9761 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9762 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9763 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9764 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9765 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9766 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9767 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9768 provide a good image.
9769 \begin_inset Newline newline
9772 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9773 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9774 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9775 sizes than at small ones.
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 \begin_inset Space ~
9798 \begin_layout Description
9800 \begin_inset Space ~
9807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9814 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9815 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9816 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9817 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9818 picture manipulation program.
9819 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9820 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9821 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9822 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9823 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9825 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9826 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9827 \begin_inset Newline newline
9830 Bitmap fonts are named
9833 \begin_inset Space ~
9838 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9842 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9843 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9844 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9845 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9849 \begin_layout Standard
9850 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9851 its document properties.
9854 \begin_layout Standard
9855 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9856 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9857 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9858 font to emphasize text, you use an
9859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9867 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9868 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9872 \begin_layout Subsection
9873 Document Font and Font size
9874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9876 name "sub:Document-Font"
9884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9904 You can set the document fonts in the
9906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9920 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9921 font shapes roman (serif),
9924 \begin_inset Space ~
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9937 The possible options for the font include
9941 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9946 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9968 European Computer Modern
9971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9981 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9991 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9996 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9999 \begin_inset Space ~
10004 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10010 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10011 There are three ways to use one:
10014 \begin_layout Itemize
10015 One way is to use the
10025 Virtual means that it
10026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10037 -glyphs from other fonts.
10038 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10060 Loading the LaTeX-package
10066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10067 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10074 with the document preamble line
10077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10082 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10086 will fix the guillemet problem.
10091 and that accented characters are not
10095 glyph, they are build of
10099 characters, the accent and the letter.
10100 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10104 fonts for words with accented characters.
10105 If you search for example for the French word
10106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10113 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10122 and not for the glyph
10123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10127 \begin_inset Space ~
10131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10137 \begin_layout Itemize
10138 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10151 , consists of these three main font types
10154 \begin_inset Space ~
10175 \begin_inset Space ~
10185 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10189 \begin_inset Space ~
10196 as typewriter font.
10197 \begin_inset Newline newline
10200 The differences between roman,
10203 \begin_inset Space ~
10212 fonts are explained in section
10213 \begin_inset Space ~
10217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10219 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10224 \begin_inset Newline newline
10230 \begin_inset Space ~
10235 was originally designed for newspapers.
10236 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10237 into the small newspaper columns.
10241 \begin_inset Space ~
10246 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10249 \begin_layout Itemize
10250 The best solution is to use the
10255 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10266 For the font size there are four possible values:
10283 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10286 \begin_layout Standard
10287 The font sizes are the
10292 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10293 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10294 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10297 \begin_inset Space ~
10303 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10304 \begin_inset Space ~
10308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10310 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10317 \begin_layout Standard
10318 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10322 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10330 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10334 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10335 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10336 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10338 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10341 dialog, see section
10342 \begin_inset Space ~
10346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10348 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10360 \begin_layout Subsection
10361 Using Different Character Styles
10365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10385 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10386 certain paragraph environments.
10387 LyX supports two character styles,
10396 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10405 style, do one of the following:
10408 \begin_layout Itemize
10409 click on the toolbar button
10410 \begin_inset Graphics
10411 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10419 \begin_layout Itemize
10423 \begin_inset Space ~
10429 \begin_layout Standard
10430 These commands are all toggles.
10435 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10438 \begin_layout Standard
10439 One typically uses the
10443 style for proper names.
10445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10452 is the original author of LyX.
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 A more widely used character style is the
10465 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10472 \begin_layout Itemize
10473 clicking on the toolbar button
10474 \begin_inset Graphics
10475 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10483 \begin_layout Itemize
10484 using the keybindings
10487 \begin_inset Space ~
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10498 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10499 es use a different font.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 We've been using the
10507 style all over the place in this document.
10508 Here's one more example:
10511 \begin_layout Quotation
10514 Don't overuse character styles!
10517 \begin_layout Standard
10518 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10519 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10520 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10521 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10525 \begin_layout Standard
10526 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10529 \begin_inset Space ~
10536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10538 \begin_inset Space ~
10546 \begin_layout Subsection
10547 Fine-Tuning with the
10552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10554 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10573 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10574 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10575 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10576 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10577 from ordinary dialog.
10580 \begin_layout Standard
10581 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10582 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10583 \begin_inset Newline newline
10586 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10587 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10590 \begin_layout Standard
10591 To use custom character styles, open the
10593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10595 \begin_inset Space ~
10601 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10602 font property which you can choose.
10603 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10606 \begin_inset Space ~
10611 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10616 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10617 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10618 environments in a snap.
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10622 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10625 \begin_inset Space ~
10637 \begin_layout Labeling
10638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10652 The possible options are:
10656 \begin_layout Labeling
10657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10662 This is the Roman font family.
10663 Normally a serif font.
10664 It's also the default family.
10669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10681 \begin_inset Space ~
10690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10698 \begin_inset Note Note
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10703 It is explained in section
10704 \begin_inset Space ~
10708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10710 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10722 \begin_layout Labeling
10723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10727 \begin_inset Space ~
10734 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10753 \begin_inset Space ~
10762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10772 \begin_layout Labeling
10773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10780 This is the Typewriter font family.
10787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10799 \begin_inset Space ~
10808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10821 \begin_layout Labeling
10822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10827 This corresponds to the print weight.
10832 \begin_layout Labeling
10833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10838 This is the Medium font series.
10839 It's also the default series.
10842 \begin_layout Labeling
10843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10850 This is the Bold font series.
10857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10869 \begin_inset Space ~
10878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10895 As the name implies.
10900 \begin_layout Labeling
10901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10906 This is the Upright font shape.
10907 It's also the default shape.
10910 \begin_layout Labeling
10911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10925 s the Italic font shape
10931 \begin_layout Labeling
10932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10939 This is the Slanted font shape
10941 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10944 \begin_layout Labeling
10945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10949 \begin_inset Space ~
10956 This is the Small caps font shape
10963 \begin_layout Labeling
10964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10969 Alters the size of the font.
10970 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10971 nal to the document font size.
10972 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10973 what you want to do.
10978 \begin_layout Labeling
10979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11013 \begin_inset Space ~
11022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11045 \begin_inset Space ~
11054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11064 \begin_layout Labeling
11065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11099 \begin_inset Space ~
11108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11118 \begin_layout Labeling
11119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11153 \begin_inset Space ~
11162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11185 \begin_inset Space ~
11194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11204 \begin_layout Labeling
11205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset Space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11271 \begin_inset Space ~
11280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11290 \begin_layout Labeling
11291 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11305 It's also the default size.
11310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 \begin_inset Space ~
11331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11354 \begin_inset Space ~
11363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 \begin_layout Labeling
11374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11408 \begin_inset Space ~
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11440 \begin_inset Space ~
11449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11459 \begin_layout Labeling
11460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11494 \begin_inset Space ~
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11526 \begin_inset Space ~
11535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11545 \begin_layout Labeling
11546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11580 \begin_inset Space ~
11589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11599 \begin_layout Labeling
11600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11634 \begin_inset Space ~
11643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11666 \begin_inset Space ~
11675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11720 \begin_inset Space ~
11729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11752 \begin_inset Space ~
11761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11772 \begin_layout Standard
11777 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11778 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11779 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11780 - use that instead.
11781 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11784 \begin_layout Labeling
11785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11790 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11795 \begin_layout Labeling
11796 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11803 This is text with emphasize on
11806 This might seem like the same as
11810 , but it is actually a bit different.
11816 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11818 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11821 \begin_layout Labeling
11822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11829 This is text with Underbar on.
11836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11848 \begin_inset Space ~
11857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11867 \begin_inset Newline newline
11872 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11873 when you couldn't change fonts.
11874 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11875 It's only included in LyX because some people
11879 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11882 \begin_layout Labeling
11883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 This is text with Noun on.
11897 , this is a logical attribute.
11898 Normally it's equivalent to
11901 \begin_inset Space ~
11910 \begin_layout Labeling
11911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11917 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11921 \begin_inset Space ~
11926 , which is the default
11927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11934 and means normally black, you can choose between
11970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11985 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11986 the language of the document.
11987 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11991 \begin_layout Standard
11992 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11993 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11995 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11997 \begin_inset Space ~
12002 dialog, the settings are saved.
12003 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12004 \begin_inset Graphics
12005 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
12011 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12012 when the dialog isn't visible.
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12020 \begin_inset Space ~
12026 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12027 (suppose you just set the shape to
12028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 \begin_inset Space ~
12058 \begin_layout Standard
12059 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12067 \begin_inset Space ~
12079 \begin_layout Itemize
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12092 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 \begin_inset Newline newline
12117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_inset Note Note
12145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12146 For more on phantoms see section
12147 \begin_inset Space ~
12151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12153 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12163 \begin_inset Newline newline
12169 \begin_layout Itemize
12174 fonts use characters with serifs.
12175 These are the small
12176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12183 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12184 The following example will show the difference:
12185 \begin_inset Newline newline
12189 \begin_inset Newline newline
12194 text without serifs
12197 \begin_inset Newline newline
12200 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12201 They are therefore used as default font (named
12208 \begin_layout Itemize
12214 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12215 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12218 \begin_layout Standard
12219 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12220 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12223 \begin_layout Section
12224 Printing and Previewing
12227 \begin_layout Subsection
12231 \begin_layout Standard
12232 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12233 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12234 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12235 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12236 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12239 \begin_inset Space ~
12247 \begin_layout Standard
12248 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12249 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12250 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12251 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12252 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12253 This happens in two stages:
12256 \begin_layout Enumerate
12257 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12258 generating a file with the extension,
12259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12273 \begin_layout Enumerate
12274 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12278 file to produce printable output.
12282 \begin_layout Subsection
12283 Output file formats
12287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12296 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12309 File formats ! ASCII
12317 \begin_layout Standard
12318 This file type has the extension
12319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12342 \begin_layout Standard
12343 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12345 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12346 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12358 File formats ! LaTeX
12366 \begin_layout Standard
12367 This file type has the extension
12368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12381 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12382 it manually with console commands.
12383 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12384 you view or export your document.
12387 \begin_layout Standard
12388 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12390 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12391 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12408 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 This file type has the extension
12424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12444 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12445 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12446 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12448 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12452 \begin_layout Standard
12453 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12461 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12462 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12467 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12468 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12469 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12470 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12473 \begin_layout Standard
12474 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12476 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12477 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12489 File formats ! PostScript
12497 \begin_layout Standard
12498 This file type has the extension
12499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12511 PostScript was developed by the company
12515 as printer language.
12516 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12518 PostScript can be seen as
12519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12522 programming language
12523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12531 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12541 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12551 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12554 \begin_layout Standard
12555 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12559 Encapsulated PostScript
12560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12563 (EPS, file extension
12564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12576 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12577 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12578 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12579 whenever you view or export your document.
12580 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12581 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12582 EPS to avoid this problem.
12585 \begin_layout Standard
12586 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12588 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12589 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12595 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12619 \begin_layout Standard
12620 This file type has the extension
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12637 Portable Document Format
12638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 (PDF) is developed by
12645 as derivative from PostScript.
12646 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12655 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12656 looks exactly the same.
12659 \begin_layout Standard
12660 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12664 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12668 (JPG, file extension
12669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 Portable Network Graphics
12697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 (PNG, file extension
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12714 in the background to one of these formats.
12715 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12716 will slow down your workflow.
12717 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12726 in three different ways:
12729 \begin_layout Description
12730 PDF This uses the program
12734 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12735 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12739 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12740 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12743 \begin_layout Description
12745 \begin_inset Space ~
12748 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12752 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12756 \begin_layout Description
12758 \begin_inset Space ~
12761 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12765 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 We recommend to use
12772 \begin_inset Space ~
12781 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12787 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12790 \begin_layout Subsection
12795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12806 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12810 and choose a file type.
12811 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12817 you can use the toolbar button
12818 \begin_inset Graphics
12819 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12830 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_inset Space ~
12837 you can use the toolbar button
12838 \begin_inset Graphics
12839 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12849 viewer window using the menu
12851 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12857 \begin_layout Standard
12858 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12860 To have a real output, export your document.
12863 \begin_layout Subsection
12864 Printing the File from within LyX
12865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12867 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12876 it directly from within LyX.
12877 To print a file, select the menu
12879 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12882 or click on the toolbar button
12883 \begin_inset Graphics
12884 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12890 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12891 This file is then processed by the program
12895 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12900 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12905 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12906 printing one set to print on the other side.
12907 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12908 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12909 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12912 \begin_layout Standard
12913 You can set the parameters in the
12916 \begin_inset Space ~
12924 \begin_layout Labeling
12925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12930 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12935 Note that this printer name is for the program
12944 has to be configured for this printer name.
12945 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12946 \begin_inset Space ~
12950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12952 reference "sub:Printer"
12961 The printer should understand PostScript.
12964 \begin_layout Labeling
12965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12970 The name of a file to print to.
12971 The output will be a PostScript file.
12972 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12976 \begin_layout Section
12977 A few Words about Typography
12981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12990 \begin_layout Subsection
12995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13011 \begin_layout Standard
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13039 \begin_layout Enumerate
13041 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13045 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13063 \begin_layout Enumerate
13065 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13069 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13100 \begin_layout Enumerate
13102 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13106 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13150 \begin_layout Enumerate
13152 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13156 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13160 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13178 \begin_layout Standard
13179 You generate them by inserting the
13180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13191 character multiple times in a row.
13192 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13193 final output, but not in LyX.
13196 \begin_layout Standard
13197 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13198 math mode and has a length of its own.
13199 Here are some examples of the
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_layout Enumerate
13215 line- and page-breaks
13216 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13226 \begin_layout Enumerate
13228 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13238 \begin_layout Enumerate
13239 Oh --- there's a dash.
13240 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13250 \begin_layout Enumerate
13251 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13255 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13265 \begin_layout Subsection
13270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13279 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13288 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13295 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13302 following the rules of the document language
13306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13307 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13315 \begin_inset Space ~
13319 \begin_inset Space ~
13326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13337 \begin_layout Standard
13338 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13343 and with unusual constructs, like
13344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13352 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13353 This is done with the menu
13355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13356 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13358 \begin_inset Space ~
13364 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13365 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13368 \begin_layout Standard
13369 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13370 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13371 a hyphen and a space in the form
13372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13380 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 as hyphenation possibility.
13389 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13390 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13391 of the LaTeX-box-command
13397 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13398 As LyX doesn't support
13404 , we have to use ERT.
13405 The result looks in LyX like:
13408 \begin_layout Standard
13409 \begin_inset Graphics
13410 filename clipart/mbox.png
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13420 \begin_inset Space ~
13424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13426 reference "sec:ERT"
13433 \begin_layout Subsection
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13448 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13451 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13460 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13461 LaTeX then adds the
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 appropriate amount of space
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13470 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13472 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13491 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13495 Here are some examples of
13499 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13502 \begin_layout Itemize
13507 \begin_layout Itemize
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13516 \begin_layout Itemize
13519 this is too much space!
13522 \begin_layout Itemize
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13535 \begin_layout Enumerate
13539 \begin_inset Space ~
13544 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13545 \begin_inset Space ~
13549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13551 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13560 Spaces ! inter-word
13568 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 \begin_inset Space ~
13577 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13578 \begin_inset Space ~
13582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13584 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 \begin_layout Enumerate
13605 \begin_inset Space ~
13609 \begin_inset Space ~
13613 \begin_inset Space ~
13620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13622 \begin_inset Space ~
13627 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13628 This function is also bound to
13635 \begin_layout Standard
13636 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13639 \begin_layout Itemize
13641 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13645 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13648 this is too much space!
13651 \begin_layout Itemize
13652 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13658 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13659 LaTeX will care about this.
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13666 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13668 \begin_inset Space ~
13673 feature described in section
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13690 Typography ! Quotes
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13739 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13740 and use a closing quote at the end.
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 The keyboard character,
13754 , generates this automatically.
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 You can change the behavior of the
13762 key using the submenu
13768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13776 Document ! Settings
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13790 There are six choices:
13793 \begin_layout Labeling
13794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 Use quotes like this
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes els
13819 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13825 \begin_layout Labeling
13826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13829 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13833 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13839 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13847 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13857 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13875 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13879 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13885 \begin_layout Labeling
13886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13889 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13893 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13907 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13911 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13917 \begin_layout Labeling
13918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13921 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13925 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13931 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13939 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13943 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13949 \begin_layout Labeling
13950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13953 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13957 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13963 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13967 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13971 \begin_inset Quotes als
13975 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 These settings affects what character the
13989 \begin_layout Subsection
13994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13995 Typography ! Ligatures
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14035 name "sub:Ligatures"
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14044 print them as single characters.
14045 These groups are known as
14050 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14052 Here are the standard ligatures:
14055 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 \begin_layout Itemize
14063 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 \begin_layout Itemize
14071 \begin_layout Itemize
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14081 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 To break a ligature, use
14107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14110 \begin_inset Space ~
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14145 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_layout Subsection
14158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14167 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 You have surely noticed, that the word
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14183 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14184 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14185 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Note Note
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14217 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14218 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14223 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14227 \begin_layout Description
14228 LyX The name of the game, write
14229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Description
14251 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14273 \begin_layout Description
14274 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 \begin_layout Description
14297 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14334 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14335 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14338 : The actual version is
14339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14346 , the previous one was
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14359 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14360 This will look in LyX like:
14361 \begin_inset Graphics
14362 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14368 \begin_inset Newline newline
14371 For more about ERT, look at section
14372 \begin_inset Space ~
14376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14378 reference "sec:ERT"
14385 \begin_layout Subsection
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Standard
14400 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14401 space between two words.
14402 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 for units use the menu
14414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14417 \begin_inset Space ~
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 Here's an example to show the differences:
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 \begin_inset Tabular
14435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14445 \begin_inset Space ~
14449 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 space between number and unit
14468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14477 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 half space between number and unit
14502 \begin_layout Subsection
14507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14508 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14523 \begin_layout Standard
14524 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14526 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14527 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14528 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14529 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14530 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14531 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14544 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14545 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14546 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14547 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14548 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14549 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14554 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14555 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14556 \begin_inset Space ~
14560 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14562 key "latexcompanion"
14567 \begin_inset Space ~
14571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14577 ] may have more information.
14578 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14581 \begin_layout Chapter
14582 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14585 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14598 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14601 \begin_layout Section
14606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14626 \begin_layout Description
14628 \begin_inset Space ~
14631 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14632 \begin_inset Newline newline
14636 \begin_inset Note Note
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14640 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14648 \begin_layout Description
14649 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14650 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14654 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14657 \begin_inset Newline newline
14661 \begin_inset Note Comment
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14665 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14673 \begin_layout Description
14675 \begin_inset Space ~
14678 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14679 \begin_inset Newline newline
14683 \begin_inset Newline newline
14687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14696 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14697 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14698 How this can be done is explained in the
14707 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14713 \begin_inset Newline newline
14717 \begin_inset Newline newline
14720 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14721 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14724 \begin_layout Description
14725 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14727 \begin_inset Box Framed
14736 height_special "totalheight"
14739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14745 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14746 \begin_inset Space ~
14750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14752 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14756 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14760 \begin_layout Description
14761 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14762 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14771 height_special "totalheight"
14774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14780 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14781 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14786 \begin_inset Graphics
14787 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14790 scaleBeforeRotation
14796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14800 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14803 \begin_layout Section
14808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14817 name "sec:Footnotes"
14824 \begin_layout Standard
14825 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14831 or the toolbar button
14832 \begin_inset Graphics
14833 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14847 \begin_inset Graphics
14848 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14859 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14888 label, the box will
14892 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14893 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14906 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14922 \begin_layout Standard
14923 Here's an example footnote:
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14941 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14942 position where the footnote box is placed.
14943 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14944 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14945 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14946 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14947 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14952 ey are described in the
14959 \begin_layout Section
14964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14973 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14981 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14982 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14986 \begin_inset Space ~
14991 or the toolbar button
14992 \begin_inset Graphics
14993 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15021 appearing within your text.
15022 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 At the side is an example marginal note.
15036 \begin_inset Marginal
15039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15040 This is a marginal note.
15048 \begin_layout Standard
15049 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15050 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15051 pages, right on odd pages.
15054 \begin_layout Section
15055 Graphics and Images
15059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15078 name "sec:Graphics"
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15086 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15087 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15088 \begin_inset Graphics
15089 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15100 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15109 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15110 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15111 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15113 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15114 \begin_inset Space ~
15118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15120 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15132 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15133 of the image in the output.
15134 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15138 \begin_inset Space ~
15142 \begin_inset Space ~
15151 \begin_inset Space ~
15155 \begin_inset Space ~
15159 \begin_inset Space ~
15164 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15165 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15179 You can also set the
15183 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15184 This option is explained in section
15185 \begin_inset Space ~
15189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15191 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15199 \begin_inset Space ~
15204 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15205 image size is printed.
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15209 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15210 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15212 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15213 centered paragraph:
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15218 \begin_inset Graphics
15219 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15223 rotateOrigin center
15230 \begin_layout Standard
15231 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15232 the image into a float, see section
15233 \begin_inset Space ~
15237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15239 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15246 \begin_layout Subsection
15251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15260 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15267 \begin_layout Standard
15268 You can insert images in any known file format.
15269 But as we explained in section
15270 \begin_inset Space ~
15274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15276 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15280 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15281 LyX uses therefore the program
15285 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15286 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15287 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15288 \begin_inset Space ~
15292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15294 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15301 \begin_layout Standard
15302 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15305 \begin_layout Description
15307 \begin_inset Space ~
15310 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15311 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15312 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15316 Graphics Interchange Format
15317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15320 (GIF, file extension
15321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15368 Portable Network Graphics
15369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15372 (PNG, file extension
15373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15420 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15424 (JPG, file extension
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15483 \begin_layout Description
15485 \begin_inset Space ~
15488 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15490 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15491 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15492 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15493 \begin_inset Newline newline
15496 Scalable image formats can be
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 Scalable Vector Graphics
15501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 (SVG, file extension
15505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15552 Encapsulated PostScript
15553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15556 (EPS, file extension
15557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 Portable Document Format
15605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 (PDF, file extension
15609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15632 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15633 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15639 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15647 \begin_layout Standard
15648 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15652 \begin_layout Section
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15674 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15675 \begin_inset Graphics
15676 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15688 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15689 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15690 from the rest of the table.
15691 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15692 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15694 Here's an example table:
15697 \begin_layout Standard
15699 \begin_inset Tabular
15700 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15905 \begin_layout Subsection
15909 \begin_layout Standard
15910 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15911 brings up the table dialog.
15912 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15913 where the cursor is placed currently.
15914 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15915 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15916 done on all of your selection.
15919 \begin_layout Standard
15920 Additionally to the table dialog the
15923 \begin_inset Space ~
15928 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15930 It is for example currently only possible to add
15931 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15935 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15938 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15945 \begin_inset Space ~
15950 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15951 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15952 current cell respectively.
15953 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15955 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15956 of text, see section
15957 \begin_inset Space ~
15961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15963 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15971 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15977 This will merge the cells to
15981 cell, spread over more than one column.
15982 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15983 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15984 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15985 in the last row without the upper border:
15988 \begin_layout Standard
15990 \begin_inset Tabular
15991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15992 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15994 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16016 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16127 \begin_layout Standard
16128 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16129 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16130 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16131 explained in the tables section of the
16134 \begin_inset Space ~
16140 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16141 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16144 degrees counterclockwise.
16145 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16149 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 Most DVI-viewers are
16161 able to display rotations.
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16174 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16179 adds lines for all cell borders.
16182 \begin_layout Subsection
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16188 Tables ! Longtables
16197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 \begin_layout Standard
16207 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16210 \begin_inset Space ~
16214 \begin_inset Space ~
16223 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16224 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16227 \begin_layout Description
16232 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16233 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16234 except for the first page, if
16237 \begin_inset Space ~
16245 \begin_layout Description
16249 \begin_inset Space ~
16254 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16255 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16258 \begin_layout Description
16263 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16264 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16265 except for the last page, if
16268 \begin_inset Space ~
16276 \begin_layout Description
16280 \begin_inset Space ~
16285 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16286 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16290 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16291 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16292 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16293 The others will then be defined as
16298 In this context, first means first in this order:
16301 \begin_inset Space ~
16313 \begin_inset Space ~
16319 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16324 \begin_inset Tabular
16325 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16326 <features islongtable="true">
16327 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16328 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16329 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16330 <row endfirsthead="true">
16331 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16342 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16351 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16361 <row endfirsthead="true">
16362 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <row endhead="true">
16395 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16425 <row endhead="true">
16426 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16446 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 <row endfoot="true">
16459 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <row endlastfoot="true">
18441 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 \begin_layout Subsection
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18492 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18499 \begin_layout Standard
18500 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18501 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18502 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18503 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18507 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18508 for the cell's paragraph.
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18512 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18513 for the column in the table dialog.
18514 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18515 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18521 \begin_inset Tabular
18522 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18525 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 This is longer now.
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18728 This is longer now.
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 \begin_layout Standard
18760 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18761 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18762 Selection with the mouse or with
18766 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18767 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18768 the selection from outside the table.
18771 \begin_layout Section
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18792 \begin_layout Standard
18793 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18794 have a fixed location.
18796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18803 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18811 \begin_inset Space ~
18816 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18817 too much notes at the page.
18820 \begin_layout Standard
18821 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18822 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18823 and pages without text.
18824 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18825 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18826 Floats are therefore numbered.
18827 Referencing is described in section
18828 \begin_inset Space ~
18832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18834 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18841 \begin_layout Standard
18842 To insert a float, use the menu
18844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18848 A box with a caption that has e.
18849 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18853 \begin_inset Space ~
18857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18861 \begin_inset Space ~
18865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18868 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18869 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18871 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18882 paragraph within the float.
18883 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18884 by left-clicking on the box label.
18885 A closed float box looks like this:
18886 \begin_inset Graphics
18887 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18893 -- a gray button with a red label.
18896 \begin_layout Standard
18897 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18898 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18901 \begin_layout Subsection
18905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 Floats ! Figure floats
18917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18919 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18926 \begin_layout Standard
18929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18930 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18933 inserts a float with the label
18934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18940 \begin_inset Space ~
18946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18950 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18951 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18952 This is what we did for Figure
18953 \begin_inset Space ~
18957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18959 reference "cap:Platypus"
18964 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18965 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18966 This was done in Figure
18967 \begin_inset Space ~
18971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18973 reference "cap:Escher"
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18981 \begin_inset Float figure
18986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 \begin_inset Graphics
18989 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18993 rotateOrigin center
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 \begin_inset Caption
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19006 name "cap:Platypus"
19010 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19023 \begin_layout Standard
19024 \begin_inset Float figure
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 \begin_inset Caption
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 \begin_inset Graphics
19051 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19055 rotateOrigin center
19067 \begin_layout Standard
19068 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19070 As described in section
19071 \begin_inset Space ~
19075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19077 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19081 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19086 and refer to it using the menu
19088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19092 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19101 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19113 \begin_layout Standard
19114 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19115 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19116 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19120 \begin_inset Space ~
19125 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19129 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19131 \begin_inset Space ~
19135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19137 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19141 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19142 You can also set the images one below the other.
19145 \begin_layout Standard
19146 \begin_inset Float figure
19151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19156 \begin_inset Float figure
19161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 \begin_inset Caption
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 \begin_inset Graphics
19175 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19187 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19191 \begin_inset Float figure
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 \begin_inset Caption
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 \begin_inset Graphics
19210 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19223 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 \begin_inset Caption
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19235 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19239 Two distorted images.
19252 \begin_layout Standard
19253 Note that the caption is added to the
19256 \begin_inset Space ~
19260 \begin_inset Space ~
19265 as described in section
19266 \begin_inset Space ~
19270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19272 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 Floats ! Table floats
19291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19293 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19300 \begin_layout Standard
19301 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19304 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19308 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19311 \begin_inset Space ~
19315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19317 reference "cap:Table-float"
19321 is an example of a table float.
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19325 \begin_inset Float table
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_inset Caption
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19336 name "cap:Table-float"
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 \begin_inset Tabular
19351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19505 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19561 \begin_layout Standard
19562 This float type is inserted with the menu
19564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19565 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19569 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19570 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19574 , described in section
19575 \begin_inset Space ~
19579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19581 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19588 \begin_layout Standard
19589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19603 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19606 \begin_layout Standard
19611 floatname{algorithm}{your
19612 \begin_inset Space ~
19618 \begin_layout Standard
19619 to the document preamble (menu
19621 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19628 \begin_inset Space ~
19634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19662 name "sec:floatflt"
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 This float type is used if you want to
19671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19678 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19680 It can be inserted using the menu
19681 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset Graphics
19690 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19694 rotateOrigin center
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 \begin_inset Caption
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19707 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19711 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
19713 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19729 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19731 \begin_inset Space ~
19735 \begin_inset Space ~
19740 if the LaTeX-package
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19762 \begin_inset Space ~
19772 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19775 \begin_inset Space ~
19779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19781 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19786 \begin_inset Space ~
19789 wrap float with a width of 40
19790 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 Available units are explained in Appendix
19799 \begin_inset Space ~
19803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19805 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19814 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19818 \begin_layout Standard
19819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 \begin_inset Space ~
19831 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19832 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19833 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19834 over some other text.
19842 \begin_layout Itemize
19843 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19844 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19845 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19846 breaks will appear.
19849 \begin_layout Itemize
19850 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19851 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19854 \begin_layout Itemize
19855 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19856 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19859 \begin_layout Itemize
19860 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19863 \begin_layout Subsection
19865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19867 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19886 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19890 \begin_inset Space ~
19898 \begin_layout Standard
19899 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19900 a two-column document).
19901 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19902 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19910 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19911 format is also the same: Table
19912 \begin_inset Space ~
19916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19918 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19922 is an example of a rotated table float.
19925 \begin_layout Standard
19926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19942 \begin_layout Standard
19943 \begin_inset Float table
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 \begin_inset Caption
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19954 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 \begin_inset Tabular
19969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20035 \begin_layout Subsection
20037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20039 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20056 \begin_layout Standard
20057 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20058 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20059 \begin_inset Newline newline
20065 \begin_inset Space ~
20070 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20071 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20073 \begin_inset Newline newline
20079 \begin_inset Space ~
20084 is used to rotate floats, see section
20085 \begin_inset Space ~
20089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20091 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20099 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20100 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20103 \begin_inset Space ~
20107 \begin_inset Space ~
20115 \begin_layout Description
20117 \begin_inset Space ~
20121 \begin_inset Space ~
20124 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20127 \begin_layout Description
20129 \begin_inset Space ~
20133 \begin_inset Space ~
20136 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20139 \begin_layout Description
20141 \begin_inset Space ~
20145 \begin_inset Space ~
20148 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20151 \begin_layout Description
20153 \begin_inset Space ~
20157 \begin_inset Space ~
20160 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20164 The order of the above option is
20169 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20173 \begin_inset Space ~
20177 \begin_inset Space ~
20185 \begin_inset Space ~
20189 \begin_inset Space ~
20194 , and then the others.
20195 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20197 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20198 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20201 \begin_layout Standard
20202 By default, each options has its own rules:
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20209 \begin_inset Space ~
20213 \begin_inset Space ~
20218 only floats occupying less than 70
20219 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20222 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20229 \begin_inset Space ~
20233 \begin_inset Space ~
20238 : only floats occupying less than 30
20239 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20242 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20249 \begin_inset Space ~
20253 \begin_inset Space ~
20258 : only if more than 50
20259 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20262 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20266 \begin_layout Standard
20267 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20271 \begin_inset Space ~
20275 \begin_inset Space ~
20283 \begin_layout Standard
20284 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20285 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20286 For this case you can use the option
20289 \begin_inset Space ~
20295 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20297 Because the float is then no longer able to
20298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20305 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20308 \begin_layout Standard
20309 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20310 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20313 \begin_layout Standard
20314 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20316 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20318 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20325 \begin_layout Section
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20339 name "sec:Minipages"
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20347 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20349 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20350 \begin_inset Space ~
20357 \begin_layout Standard
20358 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20364 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20365 and its alignment within the page.
20368 \begin_layout Standard
20370 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20379 height_special "totalheight"
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 This is a minipage.
20386 The text is set in an italic style.
20389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20393 another formatting.
20401 \begin_layout Standard
20402 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20405 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20409 as described in section
20410 \begin_inset Space ~
20414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20416 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20421 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20427 \begin_layout Standard
20428 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20437 height_special "totalheight"
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20442 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20448 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20452 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20461 height_special "totalheight"
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20466 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20474 \begin_layout Standard
20475 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20482 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20483 to other box types.
20484 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20495 \begin_layout Chapter
20496 Mathematical Formulas
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20541 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20554 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20557 \begin_layout Section
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20571 \begin_layout Standard
20572 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20573 \begin_inset Graphics
20574 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20580 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20582 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20583 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20584 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20586 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20597 \begin_inset Space ~
20602 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20606 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20607 line, like this one:
20610 \begin_layout Standard
20611 This is a line with an inline formula
20612 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20618 \begin_layout Standard
20619 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20621 \begin_inset Formula \[
20626 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20646 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20647 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20651 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20654 \begin_inset Space ~
20662 \begin_layout Subsection
20663 Navigating in Formulas
20667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20677 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20678 achieved with the arrow keys.
20679 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20680 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20685 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20686 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20690 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20694 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20696 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20704 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20709 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20710 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20713 \begin_layout Standard
20718 , printed in this document as
20719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20740 \begin_inset Note Note
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20745 space character (visible space).
20750 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20751 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20752 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20757 For example, if you want
20758 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20812 , since in the latter case only the
20815 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20820 will be under the square root sign:
20821 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20830 \begin_inset Formula \[
20831 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20834 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20838 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20839 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20842 \begin_layout Subsection
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20848 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20852 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20853 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20854 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20855 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20856 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20859 \begin_layout Subsection
20860 Exponents and Subscripts
20864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20884 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20885 way is to use a command.
20887 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20890 , type in a formula
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20912 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20918 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20922 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20943 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20952 , you have to use an extra
20956 to separate the hat and the character.
20959 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 Subscripts are similar: To get
20981 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21004 \begin_layout Subsection
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21019 Create a fraction with either the command
21026 \begin_inset Graphics
21027 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21036 \begin_inset Space ~
21042 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21043 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21044 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21049 To move back up, press
21054 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21055 \begin_inset Formula \[
21056 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21058 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21065 \begin_layout Subsection
21070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21080 Roots can be created using the
21083 \begin_inset Space ~
21089 \begin_inset Graphics
21090 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21114 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21120 produces always a square root.
21123 \begin_layout Subsection
21124 Operators with Limits
21128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21147 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21154 \begin_layout Standard
21156 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21160 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21163 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21164 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21165 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21166 The sum operator will automatically place its
21167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21174 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21177 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21181 \begin_inset Formula \[
21182 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21186 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21193 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21194 behind the operator and hitting
21200 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21201 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21203 \begin_inset Space ~
21207 \begin_inset Space ~
21215 \begin_layout Standard
21216 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21224 feature as addition, such as
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21235 \begin_inset Formula \[
21236 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21240 which will place the
21241 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21253 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21254 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21268 Have a look at section
21269 \begin_inset Space ~
21273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21275 reference "sub:Functions"
21279 for an explanation of function macros.
21282 \begin_layout Subsection
21287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21297 Most math symbols can be found in the
21300 \begin_inset Space ~
21305 under one of several categories; including
21322 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21326 \begin_layout Standard
21327 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21328 you don't have to use the
21331 \begin_inset Space ~
21336 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21337 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21340 \begin_layout Subsection
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21354 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21362 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21371 \begin_inset Space ~
21377 \begin_inset Graphics
21378 filename ../images/math/space.png
21384 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21385 Here a example for the sequence
21390 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21394 \begin_inset Graphics
21395 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21401 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21402 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21403 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21404 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21419 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21425 \begin_layout Standard
21435 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21441 \begin_layout Subsection
21446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21455 name "sub:Functions"
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21466 \begin_inset Space ~
21471 contains under the button
21472 \begin_inset Graphics
21473 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21478 a number of functions, such as
21479 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21483 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21491 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21498 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21499 avoid confusions, because
21500 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21504 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21510 \begin_layout Standard
21511 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21513 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21517 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21523 \begin_layout Standard
21524 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21525 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21526 \begin_inset Space ~
21530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21532 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21539 \begin_layout Subsection
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21556 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21557 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21559 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21562 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21563 Our example is entered by typing
21571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21584 \begin_inset Space ~
21588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21590 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21594 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 \begin_inset Float table
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_inset Caption
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21609 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21613 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21623 \begin_inset Tabular
21624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21712 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21766 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21874 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21928 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21982 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22036 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22090 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22144 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22210 \begin_layout Standard
22211 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22214 \begin_inset Space ~
22220 \begin_inset Graphics
22221 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22226 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22230 \begin_layout Section
22231 Brackets and Delimiters
22235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22254 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22262 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22263 For most purposes, using just the keys
22268 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22269 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22272 \begin_inset Space ~
22278 \begin_inset Graphics
22279 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22285 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22287 \begin_inset Formula \[
22288 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22290 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22294 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22295 \begin_inset Formula \[
22296 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22303 \begin_layout Standard
22304 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22305 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22308 \begin_layout Standard
22309 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22310 left side and right side.
22311 If you use the option
22314 \begin_inset Space ~
22319 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22320 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22321 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22322 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22326 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22327 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22328 inside the brackets.
22329 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22334 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22337 \begin_layout Standard
22338 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22349 \begin_layout Section
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22363 name "sec:Grouping"
22370 \begin_layout Standard
22371 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22372 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22383 \begin_layout Standard
22384 \begin_inset Formula \[
22385 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22392 \begin_layout Standard
22393 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22408 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22409 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22410 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22413 \begin_layout Section
22414 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22448 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22451 \begin_inset Space ~
22457 \begin_inset Graphics
22458 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22464 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22465 Here is an example:
22466 \begin_inset Formula \[
22467 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22470 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22474 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22475 \begin_inset Space ~
22479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22481 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22486 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22487 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22488 This alignment is set in the box
22493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22541 for every column as default.
22542 For example, the sequence
22543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22554 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22555 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22556 corresponds to the relevant column.
22557 The result will look like this:
22558 \begin_inset Formula \[
22560 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22561 column & has & has\, right\\
22562 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22570 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22574 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22575 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22577 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22583 \begin_layout Standard
22584 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22585 It can be created with the menu
22587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22588 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22590 \begin_inset Space ~
22603 \begin_inset Formula \[
22607 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22618 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22626 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22635 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22643 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22644 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22645 A new row is created by every further hit of
22653 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22654 Here is an example:
22655 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22656 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22657 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22661 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22662 where you want to start the shift and hit
22667 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22668 position to the next column.
22669 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22670 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22671 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22672 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22680 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22687 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22688 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22691 reference "eq:asquared"
22696 The other types are described in section
22697 \begin_inset Space ~
22701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22703 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22710 \begin_layout Section
22711 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 Math ! Formula numbering
22725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22726 Math ! Referencing formulas
22732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22734 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22741 \begin_layout Standard
22742 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22744 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22745 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22747 \begin_inset Space ~
22755 \begin_inset Space ~
22761 The formula number appears in LyX as
22762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22769 within parentheses.
22771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22778 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22780 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22781 the document class.
22782 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22783 separated by a dot:
22784 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22785 1+1=2\end{equation}
22792 \begin_inset Space ~
22797 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22798 You can only number displayed formulas.
22801 \begin_layout Standard
22802 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22805 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22807 \begin_inset Space ~
22811 \begin_inset Space ~
22815 \begin_inset Space ~
22823 \begin_inset Space ~
22828 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22829 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22831 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22832 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22836 To number all lines use the shortcut
22839 \begin_inset Space ~
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22851 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22852 A label is inserted with the menu
22854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22857 when the cursor is in the formula.
22858 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22859 It is recommended to use the proposed
22860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22871 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22872 type when you have many labels in your document.
22873 We inserted in the following example the label
22874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22881 in the second line:
22882 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22883 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22884 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22888 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22889 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22899 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22903 \begin_inset Space ~
22909 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22910 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22911 as the formula number:
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22918 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22925 \begin_layout Standard
22926 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22927 \begin_inset Space ~
22931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22933 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22938 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22944 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22949 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22957 \begin_layout Section
22958 User defined math macros
22962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22971 name "sec:math-macros"
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22979 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22980 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22981 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22983 \begin_inset Newline newline
22986 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22987 \begin_inset Formula \[
22988 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22992 The general form of its solution is:
22993 \begin_inset Formula \[
22994 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 The macro should print the parameters
23003 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23007 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23011 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23014 like in the equation above.
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23018 A macro is created by executing the command
23021 \begin_layout Standard
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23051 \begin_inset Space ~
23055 \begin_inset Space ~
23061 \begin_layout Standard
23062 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23063 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23064 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23065 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23070 We have three arguments and name the macro
23071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23078 , so that the command is:
23081 \begin_layout Standard
23088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 \begin_layout Standard
23114 This results in the following macro definition box:
23115 \begin_inset Graphics
23116 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23122 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23123 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23124 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23128 \begin_inset Note Note
23131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23132 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23133 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23141 \begin_layout Standard
23142 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23143 the math panel or commands.
23144 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23145 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23156 for the first argument.
23157 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23158 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23159 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23160 in LyX with its full size.
23161 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23162 In our example we insert the sequence
23163 \begin_inset Newline newline
23191 \begin_inset Newline newline
23196 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23199 \begin_layout Standard
23200 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23215 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23220 \begin_inset Graphics
23221 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23229 \begin_layout Standard
23230 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23231 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23232 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23233 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23234 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23239 to the new definition.
23240 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23241 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23245 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23249 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23253 \begin_inset Formula \[
23261 \begin_layout Standard
23262 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23266 \begin_layout Standard
23280 \begin_inset Newline newline
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23316 \begin_layout Standard
23317 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23318 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23319 definition box in your document.
23320 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23322 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23324 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23329 \begin_layout Section
23333 \begin_layout Subsection
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23348 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23349 To set a font in a formula, use the
23352 \begin_inset Space ~
23358 \begin_inset Graphics
23359 filename ../images/math/font.png
23364 , or enter its command, listed in table
23365 \begin_inset Space ~
23369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23371 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23378 \begin_layout Standard
23379 \begin_inset Float table
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_inset Caption
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23390 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23394 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23404 \begin_inset Tabular
23405 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23554 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23581 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23685 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23703 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23708 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23709 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23710 Here an example where a
23711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23722 denotes the set of numbers:
23723 \begin_inset Formula \[
23724 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23743 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23747 \begin_inset Newline newline
23750 So better don't use this feature.
23753 \begin_layout Standard
23754 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23755 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23759 \begin_inset Newline newline
23762 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23768 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23769 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23782 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23785 \begin_layout Standard
23786 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23789 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23791 \begin_inset Space ~
23799 \begin_layout Subsection
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23813 \begin_layout Standard
23814 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23816 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23820 \begin_inset Space ~
23824 \begin_inset Space ~
23832 \begin_inset Space ~
23838 \begin_inset Graphics
23839 filename ../images/math/font.png
23844 (alternatively the shortcut
23847 \begin_inset Space ~
23853 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23854 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23855 Here is an example:
23856 \begin_inset Formula \[
23858 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23859 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23866 \begin_layout Subsection
23871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23881 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23882 automatically chosen in most situations.
23900 For most characters,
23908 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23909 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23914 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23915 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23916 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23917 \begin_inset Graphics
23918 filename ../images/math/style.png
23924 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23925 For example, you can set
23926 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23929 , which is normally in
23938 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23942 The four styles are used in the following example:
23945 \begin_layout Standard
23946 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23950 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23954 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23958 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23964 \begin_layout Standard
23965 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23966 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23970 \begin_inset Space ~
23975 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23976 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23977 will be adjusted to correspond.
23978 As example a formula in the font size
23979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23989 \begin_layout Standard
23993 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23999 \begin_layout Section
24004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24023 \begin_layout Standard
24024 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24025 (AMS) that are in common use.
24028 \begin_layout Subsection
24029 Enabling AMS-Support
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 Selecting the checkbox
24036 \begin_inset Space ~
24040 \begin_inset Space ~
24044 \begin_inset Space ~
24051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24059 Document ! Settings
24067 \begin_inset Space ~
24072 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24074 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24075 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24078 \begin_layout Subsection
24080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24082 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24091 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24099 \begin_layout Standard
24100 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24101 LyX allows you to choose between
24122 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24125 \begin_layout Chapter
24129 \begin_layout Section
24134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24143 name "sec:Cross-References"
24150 \begin_layout Standard
24151 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24152 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24154 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24155 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24156 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24159 \begin_layout Enumerate
24163 \begin_layout Enumerate
24164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24166 name "enu:Second-item"
24173 \begin_layout Enumerate
24177 \begin_layout Standard
24178 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24183 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24184 \begin_inset Graphics
24185 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24192 A grey label box like this:
24193 \begin_inset Graphics
24194 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24200 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24201 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24237 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24253 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24258 or the toolbar button
24259 \begin_inset Graphics
24260 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24267 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24268 \begin_inset Graphics
24269 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24275 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24277 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24292 Here is our cross-reference:
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24297 \begin_inset Space ~
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24303 reference "enu:Second-item"
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24311 It is recommended to use a protected space
24315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24316 described in section
24317 \begin_inset Space ~
24321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24323 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24332 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24340 \begin_layout Description
24341 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24351 \begin_layout Description
24352 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24353 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24365 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24372 \begin_layout Description
24373 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24374 \begin_inset Space ~
24378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24379 LatexCommand pageref
24380 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24387 \begin_layout Description
24389 \begin_inset Space ~
24393 \begin_inset Space ~
24396 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24398 LatexCommand vpageref
24399 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24406 \begin_layout Description
24408 \begin_inset Space ~
24412 \begin_inset Space ~
24416 \begin_inset Space ~
24419 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24423 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24430 \begin_layout Description
24432 \begin_inset Space ~
24435 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24436 \begin_inset Newline newline
24440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24455 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24471 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24472 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24474 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24478 \begin_inset Space ~
24482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24498 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24499 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24503 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 You can only use the style
24512 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24516 is always possible.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24521 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24522 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24523 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24524 \begin_inset Space ~
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24530 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24541 \begin_inset Space ~
24545 \begin_inset Space ~
24550 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24551 The button text changes then to
24554 \begin_inset Space ~
24559 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24560 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24561 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24565 \begin_layout Standard
24566 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24567 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24568 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24571 \begin_layout Standard
24572 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24573 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24577 References are described in detail in the
24584 \begin_layout Section
24585 Table of Contents and other Listings
24589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24615 \begin_layout Subsection
24616 Table of Contents and Outline
24617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24619 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24626 \begin_layout Standard
24627 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24630 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24632 \begin_inset Space ~
24636 \begin_inset Space ~
24642 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24643 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24644 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24645 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24653 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24654 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24656 \begin_inset Space ~
24660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24662 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24666 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24668 \begin_inset Space ~
24672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24674 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24678 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24680 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24681 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24682 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24685 \begin_layout Standard
24686 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24688 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24696 \begin_layout Subsection
24697 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24707 \begin_layout Standard
24708 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24709 You can insert them via the
24711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24713 \begin_inset Space ~
24717 \begin_inset Space ~
24723 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24726 \begin_layout Section
24727 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24747 \begin_layout Standard
24748 It is often desirable to include long
24749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24756 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
24757 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
24758 to typeset properly.
24759 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
24760 resulting in an overfull line.
24761 To avoid this, use the menu
24763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24766 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
24769 \begin_layout Standard
24770 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
24774 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
24779 \begin_layout Standard
24781 \begin_inset Flex URL
24784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24805 \begin_layout Itemize
24806 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
24807 them with a backslash before, e.g.
24809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24821 \begin_layout Itemize
24822 URLs must not end with a backslash!
24825 \begin_layout Section
24830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24839 name "sec:Appendices"
24846 \begin_layout Standard
24847 Appendices are created with the menu
24849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24851 \begin_inset Space ~
24855 \begin_inset Space ~
24861 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24862 as appendix region.
24863 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24866 \begin_layout Standard
24867 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24868 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24869 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24870 and the subsection number.
24871 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24875 \begin_layout Standard
24877 \begin_inset Space ~
24881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24883 reference "cha:Credits"
24888 \begin_inset Space ~
24892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24894 reference "sub:Export"
24901 \begin_layout Section
24906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24915 name "sec:Bibliography"
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24923 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24924 You can include a bibliography database
24928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24929 Known under the name
24930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24942 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
24944 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
24948 , described in section
24949 \begin_inset Space ~
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24955 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24967 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
24969 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
24978 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
24980 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
24982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24989 , a short form of its title, as key.
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24993 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
24995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24998 or the toobar button
24999 \begin_inset Graphics
25000 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25002 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25007 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25008 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25009 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25010 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25016 with surrounding brackets.
25021 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25022 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25034 \begin_layout Standard
25037 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25040 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25042 key "latexcompanion"
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25051 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25060 \begin_layout Subsection
25061 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25066 Bibliography ! Databases
25075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25076 Bibliography ! BibT
25080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25095 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25100 \begin_inset Note Note
25103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25104 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25112 \begin_layout Standard
25113 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25115 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25117 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25118 your working field in a database.
25119 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25120 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 The database is a text file with the file extension
25125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25136 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25137 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25138 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25140 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25145 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25147 \begin_inset Newline newline
25151 \begin_inset Flex URL
25154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25156 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25162 \begin_inset Newline newline
25165 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 To use a database, use the menu
25171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25176 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25189 \begin_inset Space ~
25195 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25196 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25200 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25212 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25213 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25214 take care of the layout.
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25229 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25231 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25265 \begin_inset Space ~
25271 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25288 the two methods of creating them.
25289 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25290 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25291 We used the style file
25295 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25298 \begin_layout Subsection
25299 Bibliography layout
25303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25304 Bibliography ! Layout
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25314 For this feature you need to use the option
25320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25328 Document ! Settings
25338 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25339 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25340 in the previous section.
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25345 in the citation reference window.
25346 Here an example where we set the text
25347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25351 \begin_inset Space ~
25355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25358 to appear after the reference:
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25366 key "latexcompanion"
25373 \begin_layout Section
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25399 \begin_inset Space ~
25404 or the toolbar button
25405 \begin_inset Graphics
25406 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25425 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25426 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25427 by LyX as index entry.
25430 \begin_layout Standard
25431 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25432 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25434 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25436 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25444 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25447 \begin_layout Standard
25448 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25452 \begin_inset Space ~
25456 \begin_inset Space ~
25459 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25461 \begin_inset Space ~
25467 A light blue box labeled
25468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25479 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25480 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25483 \begin_layout Subsection
25484 Grouping Index Entries
25488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25498 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25500 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25501 lists under the entry
25502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25510 First we create the entry
25511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25519 \begin_inset Space ~
25523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25525 reference "sub:Lists"
25530 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25531 \begin_inset Space ~
25535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25537 reference "sec:Itemize"
25541 , we insert the command
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25554 \begin_layout Standard
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25561 for the enumerated list in section
25562 \begin_inset Space ~
25566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25568 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25575 \begin_layout Standard
25576 The exclamation mark
25577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25584 marks the grouping levels.
25585 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25586 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25587 If we don't have an index entry for
25588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25595 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25598 \begin_layout Subsection
25603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25604 Index ! Page ranges
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25615 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25616 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25618 \begin_inset Space ~
25622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25624 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25634 Paragraph environments|(
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25638 and another entry at the end of section
25639 \begin_inset Space ~
25643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25645 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25655 Paragraph environments|)
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25683 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25684 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25685 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25686 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25687 An example is the index entry
25688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25691 Document ! Settings
25692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25698 \begin_layout Subsection
25703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25704 Index ! Cross referencing
25712 \begin_layout Standard
25713 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25714 We referred for example in the index entry
25715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25723 \begin_inset Space ~
25727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25729 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25733 ) to the index entry
25734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25741 in the same section using the entry
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25747 GIF|see{Image formats}
25750 \begin_layout Standard
25751 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25752 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25753 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25756 \begin_layout Subsection
25761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25762 Index ! Entry order
25770 \begin_layout Standard
25771 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25772 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25773 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25778 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25780 \begin_inset Space ~
25784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25786 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25795 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25796 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25825 Dummy entries ! maïs
25834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25835 Dummy entries ! maître
25844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25845 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25850 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25851 order maïs, maison, maître.
25852 To achieve this, we use the command
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25858 previous entry@current entry
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25862 In our case we want to have
25863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25878 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25881 \begin_layout Standard
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25889 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25893 \begin_layout Subsection
25898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25899 Index ! Entry layout
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25908 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 Dummy entries ! This@
25915 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25927 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25932 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25934 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25943 This is an italic entry
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25947 You can also format the page number using the character
25948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
25956 We can write for example
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25962 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
25970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25971 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25976 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
25978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25994 \begin_inset Space ~
26000 Have a look at section
26001 \begin_inset Space ~
26005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26007 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26011 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26015 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26017 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26018 for all index entries.
26021 \begin_layout Subsection
26026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26035 name "sub:Index-Program"
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26048 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26050 \begin_inset Space ~
26054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26056 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26061 The available options are listed and explained in
26062 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26071 \begin_layout Standard
26072 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26090 \begin_layout Section
26091 Nomenclature / Glossary
26095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26136 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26143 \begin_layout Standard
26144 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26145 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26150 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26157 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26165 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26166 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26172 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26176 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26177 and then use the menu
26179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26185 \begin_inset Space ~
26190 or the toobar button
26191 \begin_inset Graphics
26192 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26211 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26215 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26216 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26217 The second is the description of the symbol.
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26229 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26230 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26238 \begin_layout Subsection
26239 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26244 Nomenclature ! Layout
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26253 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26257 field as LaTeX-formula.
26259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26263 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26271 \begin_inset Newline newline
26279 \begin_inset Newline newline
26285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26292 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26293 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26305 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26315 \begin_layout Standard
26316 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26317 \begin_inset Space ~
26321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26323 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26334 \begin_inset Space ~
26339 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26340 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26345 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26352 in this document is:
26353 \begin_inset Newline newline
26358 dummy entry for the character
26363 \begin_inset Newline newline
26375 \begin_inset Space ~
26385 font use the command
26414 \begin_layout Subsection
26415 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26420 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26429 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26430 the symbol definition.
26431 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26432 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26435 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26436 LatexCommand nomenclature
26438 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26445 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26449 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26450 LatexCommand nomenclature
26453 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26458 They will be sorted by
26459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26485 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26488 will be sorted before the
26492 since the character
26493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26500 is considered in sorting.
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26504 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26507 \begin_inset Space ~
26512 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26513 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26515 For the given example, you can insert
26519 to this field for the
26520 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26527 will be located before
26528 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26534 \begin_layout Standard
26535 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26540 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26549 \begin_layout Subsection
26550 Nomenclature Options
26554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26555 Nomenclature ! Options
26563 \begin_layout Standard
26568 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26569 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26572 \begin_layout Description
26573 refeq Appends the phrase
26574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26589 to every nomenclature entry, where
26595 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26598 \begin_layout Description
26599 refpage Appends the phrase
26600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26615 to every nomenclature entry, where
26621 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26624 \begin_layout Description
26625 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26629 There are furthermore the options
26673 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26678 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26679 class options list in the
26681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26685 In this document the options
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26697 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26704 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26705 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26710 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26713 \begin_layout Description
26723 \begin_layout Description
26726 nomrefpage Like the
26733 \begin_layout Description
26736 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26745 \begin_layout Description
26749 \begin_inset Space ~
26755 \begin_inset Space ~
26760 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26763 \begin_layout Subsection
26764 Printing the Nomenclature
26768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26769 Nomenclature ! Printing
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26782 \begin_inset Space ~
26786 \begin_inset Space ~
26789 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26793 A light blue box labeled
26794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26805 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26806 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26819 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26827 For example, in order to change the name to
26831 , add the following line to the preamble:
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26842 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26846 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26853 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26854 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26865 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26871 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26872 \begin_inset Space ~
26876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26878 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26883 The default value is 1
26884 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26890 \begin_layout Section
26895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26906 Document ! Branches
26912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26914 name "sec:Branches"
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26922 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26923 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26924 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26925 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26928 \begin_layout Standard
26929 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26930 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26931 To create a branch, go in the
26933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26941 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26942 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26945 \begin_layout Standard
26946 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26947 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26952 where you can choose a branch.
26953 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26957 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
26958 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
26961 \begin_layout Standard
26962 \begin_inset Branch Question
26965 \begin_layout Standard
26966 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26994 \begin_layout Standard
26995 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
26996 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
26998 For example you can define for the question branch
27002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27003 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27004 \begin_inset Space ~
27008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27010 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 and for the answer branch
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27056 \begin_layout Standard
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27067 \begin_inset Branch Question
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27102 \begin_layout Standard
27103 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27139 Now it is possible to use the commands
27143 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27150 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27153 to obtain conditional output.
27154 Here is an example formula where only the
27161 \begin_inset Formula \[
27162 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27170 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27171 \begin_inset Space ~
27175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27177 reference "sec:math-macros"
27184 \begin_layout Section
27185 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27195 \begin_layout Subsection
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27209 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27218 constructs, but not all.
27219 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27220 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27221 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27222 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27223 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27224 and their commands.
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27228 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27238 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27239 An ERT box is created by the menu
27241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27244 or by the toolbar button
27245 \begin_inset Graphics
27246 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27252 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27265 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27266 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27278 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27279 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27280 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27287 , you can write the command part
27293 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27297 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27298 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 \begin_inset Graphics
27304 filename clipart/ERT.png
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27318 This is a line with a
27322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27354 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27355 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27363 \begin_layout Subsection
27364 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27365 \begin_inset OptArg
27368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27387 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27396 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27397 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27406 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27407 every time if you know the right commands.
27409 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27410 the end of the day.
27411 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27412 all caption labels bold.
27413 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27415 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27419 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27420 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27421 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27423 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27433 As result you know that the package
27441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27442 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27448 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27461 usepackage[options]{package name}
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27465 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27466 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27467 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27471 In your case the package name is
27476 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27481 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27482 So you add the command
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27490 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27493 \begin_layout Standard
27494 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27499 For more commands provided by the
27503 package, have a look at its documentation,
27504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27519 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27521 For example if you use a
27525 class, you don't need the package
27529 , you can instead write
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27537 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27544 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27545 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27552 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27557 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27559 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27564 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27566 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27568 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27576 \begin_layout Section
27577 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27590 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27609 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27610 to break your train of thought with
27612 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27619 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27620 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27627 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27634 as explained below, and turn on
27637 \begin_inset Space ~
27644 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27650 \begin_inset Space ~
27654 \begin_inset Space ~
27657 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27666 Previews of an already loaded document are
27670 generated just by selecting the
27673 \begin_inset Space ~
27678 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27683 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27686 \begin_inset Space ~
27691 check box in the insert dialog.
27692 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27701 (on some systems named simply
27706 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27708 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27714 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27715 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27723 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27728 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27735 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27739 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27741 \begin_inset Space ~
27746 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27747 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27749 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27750 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27751 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27752 the source view window.
27755 \begin_layout Section
27757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27759 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27777 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27778 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27795 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27801 can be seen as successor of
27805 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27810 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27811 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27820 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27821 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27831 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27834 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27835 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27836 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27837 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27838 scrolled so that it is visible.
27843 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27845 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27849 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27850 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27861 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27862 will bring an error message.
27863 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27864 specifying a different
27866 Alternative language
27868 in preferences dialog.
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27875 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27881 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27883 But you can use the
27886 \begin_inset Space ~
27890 \begin_inset Space ~
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27900 This does work with
27904 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27907 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27911 \begin_layout Standard
27916 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27919 \begin_layout Description
27921 \begin_inset Space ~
27924 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27925 should consider, e.g.
27926 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27927 This should not normally be needed.
27930 \begin_layout Description
27932 \begin_inset Space ~
27935 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27936 as your personal dictionary
27939 \begin_layout Description
27941 \begin_inset Space ~
27945 \begin_inset Space ~
27948 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
27950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27960 \begin_layout Description
27962 \begin_inset Space ~
27966 \begin_inset Space ~
27969 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
27971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27978 also for the spellchecker.
27982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27983 The encodings are explained in section
27984 \begin_inset Space ~
27988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27990 reference "sub:Settings"
27999 Only enable this if you use
28003 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28004 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28005 so this is disabled by default.
28008 \begin_layout Section
28013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28022 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28029 \begin_layout Standard
28030 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28033 \begin_layout Standard
28034 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28037 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28040 or the toolbar button
28041 \begin_inset Graphics
28042 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28044 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28045 rotateOrigin center
28050 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28056 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28057 cases to find related words.
28060 \begin_layout Standard
28061 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28063 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28071 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28080 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28099 \begin_layout Section
28104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28115 Document ! Change Tracking
28121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28123 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28132 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28133 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28134 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28136 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28138 \begin_inset Space ~
28141 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28143 \begin_inset Space ~
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28152 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28161 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28164 \begin_inset Space ~
28168 \begin_inset Space ~
28181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28190 \begin_layout Standard
28191 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28204 \begin_layout Standard
28205 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 \begin_inset Graphics
28213 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28222 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28233 \begin_layout Standard
28234 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28241 \begin_inset Tabular
28242 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28243 <features islongtable="true">
28244 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28246 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28251 \begin_inset Graphics
28252 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28255 rotateOrigin center
28264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28270 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28272 \begin_inset Space ~
28275 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28277 \begin_inset Space ~
28286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28291 \begin_inset Graphics
28292 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28295 rotateOrigin center
28304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28310 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28312 \begin_inset Space ~
28315 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28317 \begin_inset Space ~
28321 \begin_inset Space ~
28325 \begin_inset Space ~
28334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28339 \begin_inset Graphics
28340 filename ../images/change-next.png
28342 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28343 rotateOrigin center
28352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 Jumps to the next change
28362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28367 \begin_inset Graphics
28368 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28370 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28371 rotateOrigin center
28380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28388 \begin_inset Space ~
28391 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28393 \begin_inset Space ~
28402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28407 \begin_inset Graphics
28408 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28411 rotateOrigin center
28420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28428 \begin_inset Space ~
28431 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28433 \begin_inset Space ~
28442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28447 \begin_inset Graphics
28448 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28451 rotateOrigin center
28460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28468 \begin_inset Space ~
28471 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28473 \begin_inset Space ~
28482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28487 \begin_inset Graphics
28488 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28491 rotateOrigin center
28500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28508 \begin_inset Space ~
28511 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28513 \begin_inset Space ~
28517 \begin_inset Space ~
28526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28531 \begin_inset Graphics
28532 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28535 rotateOrigin center
28544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28550 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28552 \begin_inset Space ~
28555 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28557 \begin_inset Space ~
28561 \begin_inset Space ~
28570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28575 \begin_inset Graphics
28576 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28579 rotateOrigin center
28588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28595 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28597 \begin_inset Space ~
28606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28611 \begin_inset Graphics
28612 filename ../images/note-next.png
28614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28615 rotateOrigin center
28624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28630 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28632 \begin_inset Space ~
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28649 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28656 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28657 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28658 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28659 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28660 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28661 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28662 step to the next change.
28663 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28667 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28668 to describe a change.
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28672 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28679 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28687 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28688 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28694 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28697 \begin_layout Section
28698 International Support
28702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28703 International support
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28712 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28713 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28714 how to set up LyX to use them:
28715 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28717 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28724 \begin_layout Standard
28725 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28726 \begin_inset Space ~
28730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28732 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28739 \begin_layout Subsection
28744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28755 Document ! Settings
28764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28765 Document ! Language
28773 \begin_layout Standard
28776 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28779 dialog lets you set
28781 the language and character encoding for your language.
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28786 Choose your language in the
28790 section of this dialog.
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28803 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28807 use language's default encoding
28809 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28810 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28811 \begin_inset Space ~
28815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28817 reference "sub:Settings"
28824 \begin_layout Subsection
28825 Keyboard mapping configuration
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28829 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28830 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28831 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28832 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28833 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28835 \begin_inset Space ~
28839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28841 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28846 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28847 which one you want to use.
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28852 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28853 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28854 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28855 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28856 one to support the characters you want.
28857 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28864 \begin_layout Subsection
28866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28875 \begin_layout Standard
28877 \begin_inset Space ~
28881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28883 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28892 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28897 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28898 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28906 \begin_layout Itemize
28907 Even if you have selected
28913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28916 dialog, users who have only the
28920 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28924 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28925 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28926 french quotes won't show up.
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28930 \begin_inset Float table
28935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28936 \begin_inset Caption
28938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28941 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
28957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28959 \begin_inset Tabular
28960 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
28962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28976 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28977 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28978 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 \begin_layout Standard
33392 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33394 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33395 also the characters from
33407 \begin_layout Itemize
33416 \begin_layout Standard
33417 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33418 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33424 \begin_layout Standard
33425 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33426 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33432 \begin_layout Standard
33433 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33434 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33440 \begin_layout Standard
33441 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33442 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33448 \begin_layout Standard
33450 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33456 \begin_layout Standard
33458 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33464 \begin_layout Standard
33466 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33473 \begin_layout Itemize
33486 \begin_layout Standard
33488 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33494 \begin_layout Standard
33496 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33502 \begin_layout Standard
33504 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33510 \begin_layout Standard
33512 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33518 \begin_layout Standard
33520 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33526 \begin_layout Standard
33528 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33535 \begin_layout Standard
33536 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33537 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33538 Also make sure you're using the
33545 \begin_layout Chapter
33548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33550 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33557 \begin_layout Standard
33558 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33559 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33560 inside the user's guide.
33563 \begin_layout Section
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 \begin_layout Standard
33582 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33583 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33586 \begin_layout Subsection
33590 \begin_layout Standard
33591 Creates a new document.
33594 \begin_layout Subsection
33598 \begin_layout Standard
33599 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33600 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33601 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33604 \begin_layout Subsection
33608 \begin_layout Standard
33612 \begin_layout Subsection
33616 \begin_layout Standard
33617 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33618 Click there on a file to open it.
33621 \begin_layout Subsection
33625 \begin_layout Standard
33626 Closes the current document.
33629 \begin_layout Subsection
33633 \begin_layout Standard
33634 Saves the actual document.
33637 \begin_layout Subsection
33641 \begin_layout Standard
33642 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33645 \begin_layout Subsection
33649 \begin_layout Standard
33650 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33653 \begin_layout Subsection
33657 \begin_layout Standard
33658 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33659 It is described in the section
33661 Version Control in LyX
33666 \begin_inset Space ~
33674 \begin_layout Subsection
33678 \begin_layout Standard
33679 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33680 text files (ASCII-files).
33681 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33684 \begin_layout Standard
33685 When using the menu
33688 \begin_inset Space ~
33692 \begin_inset Space ~
33697 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33698 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33699 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33700 will start a new paragraph.
33703 \begin_layout Subsection
33705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33714 \begin_layout Standard
33715 You can export your document to various file formats.
33716 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33717 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33718 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33721 \begin_layout Standard
33722 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33724 \begin_inset Space ~
33728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33730 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33737 \begin_layout Description
33741 \begin_inset Space ~
33746 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33747 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33750 \begin_layout Description
33758 \begin_layout Description
33759 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33763 \begin_layout Description
33765 \begin_inset Space ~
33769 \begin_inset Space ~
33772 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33776 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33784 \begin_layout Description
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33799 \begin_inset Space ~
33804 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33805 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33809 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33812 \begin_layout Description
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 \begin_inset Space ~
33832 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33833 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33841 \begin_layout Description
33843 \begin_inset Space ~
33846 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33854 is replaced by the version number)
33857 \begin_layout Description
33858 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33871 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33875 \begin_layout Description
33880 PDF-format using the program
33885 \begin_layout Description
33889 \begin_inset Space ~
33894 PDF-format using the program
33899 \begin_layout Description
33903 \begin_inset Space ~
33908 PDF-format using the program
33913 \begin_layout Description
33917 \begin_inset Space ~
33925 \begin_layout Description
33929 \begin_inset Space ~
33933 \begin_inset Space ~
33938 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33939 and then exported as text using the program
33944 \begin_layout Description
33949 PostScript format using the program
33954 \begin_layout Description
33962 \begin_layout Standard
33967 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
33968 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
33974 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33978 If one of the menu entries
33985 \begin_inset Space ~
33994 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
33995 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
33996 \begin_inset Space ~
34000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34002 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 Reconfiguration of LyX
34019 \begin_layout Standard
34024 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34025 the export program.
34028 \begin_layout Subsection
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34033 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34034 or send it to a printer.
34035 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34036 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34042 For more informations have a look at section
34043 \begin_inset Space ~
34047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34049 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34056 \begin_layout Subsection
34057 New and Close Window
34060 \begin_layout Standard
34061 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34062 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34065 \begin_layout Section
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 \begin_layout Subsection
34083 \begin_layout Standard
34084 Described in section
34085 \begin_inset Space ~
34089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34091 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34098 \begin_layout Subsection
34099 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 Described in section
34104 \begin_inset Space ~
34108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34110 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34117 \begin_layout Subsection
34121 \begin_layout Standard
34122 Selects the whole document.
34125 \begin_layout Subsection
34129 \begin_layout Standard
34130 Described in section
34131 \begin_inset Space ~
34135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34137 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34144 \begin_layout Subsection
34145 Move paragraph Up/Down
34148 \begin_layout Standard
34149 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34153 \begin_layout Subsection
34157 \begin_layout Standard
34158 Described in section
34159 \begin_inset Space ~
34163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34165 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34172 \begin_layout Subsection
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34178 Paragraph ! Settings
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34187 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34189 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34193 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34194 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34203 \begin_inset Space ~
34211 \begin_layout Subsection
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34216 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34217 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34218 The properties of tables are described in section
34219 \begin_inset Space ~
34223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34225 reference "sec:Tables"
34229 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34230 \begin_inset Space ~
34234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34236 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34243 \begin_layout Subsection
34244 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34247 \begin_layout Standard
34248 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34250 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34251 \begin_inset Space ~
34255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34257 reference "sec:Nesting"
34262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34264 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34271 \begin_layout Section
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34285 \begin_layout Standard
34290 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34291 document with an external program.
34292 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34293 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34294 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34295 \begin_inset Space ~
34299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34301 reference "sub:Export"
34306 You should at least see the menu entries
34313 \begin_inset Space ~
34319 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34320 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34321 \begin_inset Space ~
34325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34327 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34336 Reconfiguration of LyX
34344 \begin_layout Standard
34345 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34346 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34347 \begin_inset Space ~
34351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34353 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34358 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34361 \begin_layout Standard
34362 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34365 At the bottom of the
34369 menu the opened documents are listed.
34372 \begin_layout Subsection
34376 \begin_layout Standard
34377 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34379 \begin_inset Space ~
34383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34385 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34392 \begin_layout Subsection
34396 \begin_layout Standard
34397 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34398 opening a new view window.
34401 \begin_layout Subsection
34403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34405 name "sub:Toolbars"
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 \begin_layout Standard
34423 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34424 All toolbars and the
34427 \begin_inset Space ~
34432 can be turned on and off.
34437 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34449 \begin_inset Space ~
34458 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34462 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34469 \begin_layout Standard
34474 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34478 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34479 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34480 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34481 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34482 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34486 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34487 \begin_inset Space ~
34491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34493 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34500 \begin_layout Section
34505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 \begin_layout Subsection
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34519 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34520 \begin_inset Space ~
34524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34526 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34533 \begin_layout Subsection
34535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34537 name "sub:Special-Character"
34544 \begin_layout Standard
34545 Here you can insert the following characters:
34548 \begin_layout Description
34549 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34553 \begin_layout Description
34555 \begin_inset Space ~
34559 \begin_inset Space ~
34562 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34563 \begin_inset Space ~
34567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34569 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34576 \begin_layout Description
34578 \begin_inset Space ~
34581 Quote Inserts this quote:
34582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34585 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34587 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34597 \begin_layout Description
34599 \begin_inset Space ~
34602 Quote Inserts this quote:
34603 \begin_inset Quotes els
34609 \begin_layout Description
34611 \begin_inset Space ~
34614 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34618 \begin_layout Description
34620 \begin_inset Space ~
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34643 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34644 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34645 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34654 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34660 \begin_inset Newline newline
34663 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34667 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34675 and this Wiki-page:
34676 \begin_inset Newline newline
34680 \begin_inset Flex URL
34683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34693 \begin_layout Subsection
34697 \begin_layout Standard
34698 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34701 \begin_layout Description
34702 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34703 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34709 \begin_layout Description
34710 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34711 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34717 \begin_layout Description
34719 \begin_inset Space ~
34722 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34723 \begin_inset Space ~
34727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34729 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34736 \begin_layout Description
34738 \begin_inset Space ~
34741 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34742 \begin_inset Space ~
34746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34748 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34755 \begin_layout Description
34757 \begin_inset Space ~
34760 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34761 \begin_inset Space ~
34765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34767 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34774 \begin_layout Description
34776 \begin_inset Space ~
34779 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34780 \begin_inset Space ~
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34786 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34793 \begin_layout Description
34795 \begin_inset Space ~
34798 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34799 \begin_inset Space ~
34803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34805 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34812 \begin_layout Description
34814 \begin_inset Space ~
34817 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34818 \begin_inset Space ~
34822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34824 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34831 \begin_layout Description
34833 \begin_inset Space ~
34836 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34837 \begin_inset Space ~
34841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34843 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34850 \begin_layout Description
34852 \begin_inset Space ~
34855 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34856 \begin_inset Space ~
34860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34862 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34869 \begin_layout Description
34871 \begin_inset Space ~
34874 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34875 \begin_inset Space ~
34879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34881 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34888 \begin_layout Description
34890 \begin_inset Space ~
34893 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34894 \begin_inset Space ~
34898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34900 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34907 \begin_layout Description
34909 \begin_inset Space ~
34912 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34913 \begin_inset Space ~
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34919 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34926 \begin_layout Description
34928 \begin_inset Space ~
34932 \begin_inset Space ~
34935 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34936 \begin_inset Space ~
34940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34942 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34949 \begin_layout Subsection
34953 \begin_layout Standard
34954 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34955 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
34957 \begin_inset Space ~
34961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34963 reference "sec:toc"
34968 The index list is described in section
34969 \begin_inset Space ~
34973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34975 reference "sec:Index"
34979 , the nomenclature in section
34980 \begin_inset Space ~
34984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34986 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
34990 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
34991 \begin_inset Space ~
34995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34997 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35004 \begin_layout Subsection
35008 \begin_layout Standard
35009 To insert floats, described in section
35010 \begin_inset Space ~
35014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35016 reference "sec:Floats"
35023 \begin_layout Subsection
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 To insert notes, described in section
35029 \begin_inset Space ~
35033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35035 reference "sec:Notes"
35042 \begin_layout Subsection
35046 \begin_layout Standard
35047 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35048 \begin_inset Space ~
35052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35054 reference "sec:Branches"
35061 \begin_layout Subsection
35066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 \begin_layout Standard
35076 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35077 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35088 \begin_layout Subsection
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35102 \begin_layout Standard
35103 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35104 \begin_inset Space ~
35108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35110 reference "sec:Minipages"
35115 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35126 \begin_layout Subsection
35130 \begin_layout Standard
35131 Inserts a citation as described in section
35132 \begin_inset Space ~
35136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35138 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35145 \begin_layout Subsection
35149 \begin_layout Standard
35150 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35151 \begin_inset Space ~
35155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35157 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35164 \begin_layout Subsection
35168 \begin_layout Standard
35169 Inserts a label as described in section
35170 \begin_inset Space ~
35174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35176 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35183 \begin_layout Subsection
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35199 Longtables ! Caption
35207 \begin_layout Standard
35208 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35209 Floats are described in section
35210 \begin_inset Space ~
35214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35216 reference "sec:Floats"
35220 , cations in longtables are described in section
35231 \begin_layout Subsection
35235 \begin_layout Standard
35236 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35237 \begin_inset Space ~
35241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35243 reference "sec:Index"
35250 \begin_layout Subsection
35254 \begin_layout Standard
35255 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35256 \begin_inset Space ~
35260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35262 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35269 \begin_layout Subsection
35273 \begin_layout Standard
35275 Tables are described in section
35276 \begin_inset Space ~
35280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35282 reference "sec:Tables"
35289 \begin_layout Subsection
35293 \begin_layout Standard
35295 Graphics are described in section
35296 \begin_inset Space ~
35300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35302 reference "sec:Graphics"
35309 \begin_layout Subsection
35313 \begin_layout Standard
35314 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35315 \begin_inset Space ~
35319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35321 reference "sec:URL"
35328 \begin_layout Subsection
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35333 Inserts a footnote, see section
35334 \begin_inset Space ~
35338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35340 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35347 \begin_layout Subsection
35351 \begin_layout Standard
35352 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35353 \begin_inset Space ~
35357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35359 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35366 \begin_layout Subsection
35370 \begin_layout Standard
35371 Inserts a short title, see section
35372 \begin_inset Space ~
35376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35378 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35385 \begin_layout Subsection
35389 \begin_layout Standard
35390 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35391 \begin_inset Space ~
35395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35397 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35404 \begin_layout Subsection
35409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 Inserts a program listings box.
35420 Program listings are explained in chapter
35422 Program Code Listings
35431 \begin_layout Subsection
35435 \begin_layout Standard
35436 Inserts the actual date.
35437 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35439 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35449 There the different methods are also compared.
35452 \begin_layout Section
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35468 the current document.
35469 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35472 \begin_layout Standard
35473 The Navigate menu also offers to
35476 \begin_layout Subsection
35480 \begin_layout Standard
35481 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35482 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35485 \begin_inset Space ~
35489 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35490 \begin_inset Space ~
35493 2.5 and use the menu
35496 \begin_inset Space ~
35500 \begin_inset Space ~
35507 \begin_inset Space ~
35513 \begin_inset Space ~
35517 \begin_inset Space ~
35523 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35536 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35537 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35540 \begin_layout Subsection
35541 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35544 \begin_layout Standard
35545 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35549 \begin_layout Subsection
35553 \begin_layout Standard
35554 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35555 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35556 on a cross-reference box.
35559 \begin_layout Section
35564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35573 \begin_layout Subsection
35577 \begin_layout Standard
35578 Change Tracking is described in section
35579 \begin_inset Space ~
35583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35585 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35592 \begin_layout Subsection
35597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35607 \begin_layout Standard
35608 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35610 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35613 \begin_layout Standard
35614 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35619 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35622 \begin_layout Subsection
35626 \begin_layout Standard
35627 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35628 \begin_inset Space ~
35632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35634 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35641 \begin_layout Subsection
35642 Start Appendix Here
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35646 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35647 position as described in section
35648 \begin_inset Space ~
35652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35654 reference "sec:Appendices"
35661 \begin_layout Subsection
35665 \begin_layout Standard
35666 Un/compresses the actual document.
35669 \begin_layout Subsection
35671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35673 name "sub:Settings"
35681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 Document ! Settings
35690 \begin_layout Standard
35691 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35693 You can save your document settings as default with the
35695 Save as Document Defaults
35697 button in the dialog.
35698 This will create a template named
35702 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35706 \begin_layout Standard
35707 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35710 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35716 Document classes are described in section
35717 \begin_inset Space ~
35721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35723 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35728 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35733 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
35734 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35737 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35741 \begin_layout Standard
35742 The document font settings are described in section
35743 \begin_inset Space ~
35747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35749 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35756 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35760 \begin_layout Standard
35761 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35763 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35767 \begin_layout Standard
35768 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35769 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35770 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35773 \begin_layout Standard
35774 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35782 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35786 \begin_layout Standard
35787 A description of this menu is given in section
35788 \begin_inset Space ~
35792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35794 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35801 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35808 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35812 \begin_layout Standard
35813 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35814 \begin_inset Space ~
35818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35820 reference "sub:Margins"
35827 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35833 Language ! Encoding
35841 \begin_layout Standard
35842 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35843 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35844 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35845 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35846 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35847 known for a particular character).
35851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35852 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35853 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35858 manual for details.
35866 \begin_layout Standard
35867 If you use the option
35869 use language's default encoding
35871 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35873 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35874 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35875 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35876 exactly one encoding.
35877 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35887 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35889 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35904 \begin_layout Standard
35905 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35906 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35907 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35908 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35909 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35910 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35913 use language's default encoding
35915 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35916 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35917 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35920 \begin_layout Standard
35921 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35924 \begin_layout Description
35926 \begin_inset Space ~
35931 use language's default encoding
35933 , but the LaTeX-package
35941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35948 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35951 \begin_layout Description
35952 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35955 \begin_layout Description
35956 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
35957 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
35960 \begin_layout Description
35961 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
35964 \begin_layout Description
35965 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
35968 \begin_layout Description
35969 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
35972 \begin_layout Description
35973 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
35976 \begin_layout Description
35977 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
35980 \begin_layout Description
35981 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
35982 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
35985 \begin_layout Description
35986 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
35987 Serbian, and Ukrainian
35990 \begin_layout Description
35991 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
35994 \begin_layout Description
35995 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
35998 \begin_layout Description
35999 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36002 \begin_layout Description
36003 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36006 \begin_layout Description
36007 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36008 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36009 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36013 \begin_layout Description
36014 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36015 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36018 \begin_layout Description
36019 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36023 \begin_layout Description
36024 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36027 \begin_layout Description
36028 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36029 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36032 \begin_layout Description
36033 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36034 the euro currency sign, the
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36047 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36048 be the replacement for latin1
36051 \begin_layout Description
36052 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36055 \begin_layout Description
36056 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36065 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36070 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36073 \begin_layout Description
36074 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36078 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36081 \begin_layout Description
36082 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36096 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36099 \begin_layout Description
36100 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36104 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36113 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36128 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36132 \begin_layout Standard
36133 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36135 \begin_inset Space ~
36139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36141 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36148 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36160 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36182 For a further description see section
36183 \begin_inset Space ~
36187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36189 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36196 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36200 \begin_layout Standard
36201 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36222 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36229 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36232 \begin_layout Standard
36237 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36238 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36241 \begin_layout Standard
36246 is used for special integral characters.
36249 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36253 \begin_layout Standard
36254 The float placement options are described in section
36255 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36261 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36268 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36272 \begin_layout Standard
36273 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36274 The itemize environment is described in section
36275 \begin_inset Space ~
36279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36281 reference "sec:Itemize"
36288 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 Branches are described in section
36294 \begin_inset Space ~
36298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36300 reference "sec:Branches"
36307 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36323 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36324 to define LaTeX-commands.
36325 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36326 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36330 \begin_layout Standard
36331 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36332 \begin_inset Space ~
36336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36338 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36345 \begin_layout Section
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 \begin_layout Subsection
36363 \begin_layout Standard
36364 Spell checking is explained in section
36365 \begin_inset Space ~
36369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36371 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36378 \begin_layout Subsection
36382 \begin_layout Standard
36383 The thesaurus is described in section
36384 \begin_inset Space ~
36388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36390 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36397 \begin_layout Subsection
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36416 \begin_layout Subsection
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36450 \begin_inset Note Note
36453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36462 \begin_layout Standard
36463 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36466 \begin_layout Subsection
36471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36472 Reconfiguration of LyX
36481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36482 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36493 Reconfiguration of LyX
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36512 \begin_layout Standard
36513 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36514 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36515 \begin_inset Space ~
36519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36521 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36528 \begin_layout Subsection
36532 \begin_layout Standard
36533 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36534 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36540 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36547 \begin_layout Section
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36561 \begin_layout Standard
36562 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36566 \begin_layout Standard
36570 \begin_inset Space ~
36575 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36576 found by LyX (see also section
36577 \begin_inset Space ~
36581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36583 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36590 \begin_layout Section
36592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36594 name "sec:Toolbars"
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36602 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36603 \begin_inset Space ~
36607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36609 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36616 \begin_layout Standard
36617 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36618 This is described in the
36626 \begin_layout Subsection
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 \begin_inset Graphics
36642 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36651 \begin_layout Standard
36652 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36659 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 \begin_inset Note Note
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36680 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36685 manual for more information.
36693 \begin_layout Standard
36694 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36701 \begin_inset Tabular
36702 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36703 <features islongtable="true">
36704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 \begin_inset Graphics
36712 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36727 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36741 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36747 \begin_layout Standard
36749 \begin_inset Tabular
36750 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36751 <features islongtable="true">
36752 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36753 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36761 \begin_inset Graphics
36762 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36779 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 \begin_inset Graphics
36792 filename ../images/file-open.png
36794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36809 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36821 \begin_inset Graphics
36822 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 \begin_inset Graphics
36852 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36854 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 \begin_inset Graphics
36882 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36899 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 \begin_inset Graphics
36912 filename ../images/undo.png
36914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 \begin_inset Graphics
36942 filename ../images/redo.png
36944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 \begin_inset Graphics
36972 filename ../images/cut.png
36974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 \begin_inset Graphics
37002 filename ../images/copy.png
37004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 \begin_inset Graphics
37032 filename ../images/paste.png
37034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37061 \begin_inset Graphics
37062 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37064 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37065 rotateOrigin center
37074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37082 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37086 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 \begin_inset Graphics
37101 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37116 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37118 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37120 \begin_inset Space ~
37131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 \begin_inset Graphics
37137 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37152 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37154 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37156 \begin_inset Space ~
37167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 \begin_inset Graphics
37173 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37188 Formats text using the current settings in the
37190 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37192 \begin_inset Space ~
37203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 \begin_inset Graphics
37209 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37211 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37227 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37229 \begin_inset Space ~
37238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 \begin_inset Graphics
37244 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37247 rotateOrigin center
37256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 \begin_inset Graphics
37275 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37277 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37278 rotateOrigin center
37287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 \begin_inset Graphics
37306 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37309 rotateOrigin center
37318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 Toggle outline window on/off,
37324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37336 \begin_inset Graphics
37337 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37339 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37340 rotateOrigin center
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37364 \begin_inset Graphics
37365 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37368 rotateOrigin center
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37394 \begin_layout Subsection
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37408 \begin_layout Standard
37409 \begin_inset Graphics
37410 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37419 \begin_layout Standard
37420 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37426 \begin_layout Standard
37427 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37431 \begin_layout Standard
37432 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37438 \begin_layout Standard
37439 \begin_inset Tabular
37440 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37441 <features islongtable="true">
37442 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37443 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 \begin_inset Graphics
37450 filename ../images/layout.png
37452 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37453 rotateOrigin center
37462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 \begin_inset Graphics
37478 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37480 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37481 rotateOrigin center
37490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 \begin_inset Graphics
37506 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37509 rotateOrigin center
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37533 \begin_inset Graphics
37534 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37537 rotateOrigin center
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 \begin_inset Graphics
37562 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37565 rotateOrigin center
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 \begin_inset Graphics
37590 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37593 rotateOrigin center
37602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37608 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37610 \begin_inset Space ~
37614 \begin_inset Space ~
37623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 \begin_inset Graphics
37629 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37632 rotateOrigin center
37641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37649 \begin_inset Space ~
37653 \begin_inset Space ~
37662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 \begin_inset Graphics
37668 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37670 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37686 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 \begin_inset Graphics
37699 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37717 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Graphics
37730 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 \begin_inset Graphics
37760 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 \begin_inset Graphics
37790 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37792 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37819 \begin_inset Graphics
37820 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37839 \begin_inset Space ~
37848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 \begin_inset Graphics
37854 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37856 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37873 \begin_inset Space ~
37882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37887 \begin_inset Graphics
37888 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 \begin_inset Graphics
37918 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37920 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37921 rotateOrigin center
37930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37938 \begin_inset Space ~
37947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 \begin_inset Graphics
37953 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37971 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37973 \begin_inset Space ~
37982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 \begin_inset Graphics
37988 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38017 \begin_inset Graphics
38018 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 \begin_inset Graphics
38048 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 \begin_inset Graphics
38093 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38111 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38113 \begin_inset Space ~
38122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 \begin_inset Graphics
38128 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38130 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38131 rotateOrigin center
38140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38148 \begin_inset Space ~
38157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38162 \begin_inset Graphics
38163 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38166 rotateOrigin center
38175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38181 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38183 \begin_inset Space ~
38192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 \begin_inset Graphics
38198 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38201 rotateOrigin center
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38216 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 \begin_layout Subsection
38231 View / Update Toolbar
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38236 Toolbar ! View / Update
38244 \begin_layout Standard
38245 \begin_inset Graphics
38246 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38254 \begin_layout Standard
38255 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38261 \begin_layout Standard
38262 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38266 \begin_layout Standard
38267 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38273 \begin_layout Standard
38274 \begin_inset Tabular
38275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38276 <features islongtable="true">
38277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38278 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 \begin_inset Graphics
38285 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38288 rotateOrigin center
38297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38315 \begin_inset Graphics
38316 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38319 rotateOrigin center
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38335 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 \begin_inset Graphics
38348 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38350 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38351 rotateOrigin center
38360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38366 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38378 \begin_inset Graphics
38379 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38382 rotateOrigin center
38391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38398 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38405 functionality is merged with
38407 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38427 \begin_inset Graphics
38428 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38431 rotateOrigin center
38440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 \begin_inset Graphics
38459 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38462 rotateOrigin center
38471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38477 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38478 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38492 \begin_layout Subsection
38496 \begin_layout Standard
38497 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38498 \begin_inset Space ~
38502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38504 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38508 , the table toolbar
38512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38518 is explained in the
38525 \begin_layout Chapter
38531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38533 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 \begin_layout Standard
38551 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38553 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38556 \begin_layout Section
38560 \begin_layout Subsection
38562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38573 Customization ! of toolbars
38582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 Customization ! of menus
38591 \begin_layout Standard
38592 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38600 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38609 User Interface File
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 Customization ! of toolbars
38623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38624 Customization ! of menus
38632 \begin_layout Standard
38633 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38634 interface (ui) file.
38635 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38636 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38645 Both files are loaded by the
38650 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38651 files and edit the entries.
38654 \begin_layout Standard
38655 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38667 entries must be ended with an explicit
38692 and in the case of the
38693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38705 The syntax for the entries is:
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38739 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38742 All LyX-functions are listed in
38743 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38760 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38762 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38765 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38775 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38780 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38783 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38802 Several binding files are available:
38805 \begin_layout Description
38806 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38809 \begin_layout Description
38810 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38821 \begin_layout Description
38822 mac.bind set of bindings for
38825 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38833 \begin_layout Standard
38834 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38838 , and bind files for special languages.
38839 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38849 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 Some bind-files, like
38858 , have only a small scope.
38859 When looking at the the end of the file
38863 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38866 \begin_layout Standard
38867 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38868 s with a text editor.
38869 The syntax of the entries is:
38872 \begin_layout Standard
38878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38896 \begin_layout Standard
38897 All LyX-functions are listed in
38898 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38911 \begin_layout Standard
38915 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38919 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38922 restore window size, or use fixed size
38924 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38932 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38936 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38939 restore window position
38941 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38944 \begin_layout Standard
38947 Restore cursor positions
38949 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38956 Load opened files from last session
38958 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38965 name "sub:Backup documents"
38973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38982 \begin_layout Standard
38987 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38990 \begin_layout Standard
38995 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38998 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39000 \begin_inset Space ~
39008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39012 \begin_layout Standard
39015 Cursor follows scrollbar
39017 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39028 Enable Pixmap Cache
39030 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39031 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39032 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39033 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39035 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39036 \begin_inset Space ~
39042 \begin_layout Subsection
39047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39056 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39064 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39067 \begin_layout Standard
39068 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39076 This section only deals with the fonts
39081 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39085 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39096 \begin_layout Standard
39097 By default, LyX uses
39101 as roman (serif) font,
39109 (depends on the system) as
39112 \begin_inset Space ~
39128 \begin_layout Standard
39129 You can change the font size with the
39136 \begin_layout Standard
39141 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39142 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39144 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39147 points have the size of 1
39148 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39152 \begin_inset Space ~
39156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39158 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39165 \begin_layout Standard
39170 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39171 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39175 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39176 \begin_inset Space ~
39180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39182 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39189 \begin_layout Subsection
39194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39213 \begin_layout Standard
39214 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39215 Choose an item in the list and use the
39222 \begin_layout Subsection
39227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39228 Settings ! Graphics
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39237 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39240 \begin_layout Standard
39245 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39246 This feature is described in section
39247 \begin_inset Space ~
39251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39253 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39260 \begin_layout Subsection
39265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39276 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39284 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39291 \begin_layout Standard
39292 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39293 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39295 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39299 \begin_inset Space ~
39302 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39303 can use the keyboard map file named
39310 \begin_layout Standard
39311 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39319 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39327 \begin_layout Section
39332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39343 Settings ! Directory
39351 \begin_layout Description
39353 \begin_inset Space ~
39356 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39357 It is the default when you
39368 \begin_inset Space ~
39376 \begin_layout Description
39378 \begin_inset Space ~
39381 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39383 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39385 \begin_inset Space ~
39389 \begin_inset Space ~
39397 \begin_layout Description
39399 \begin_inset Space ~
39406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39412 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39413 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39414 \begin_inset Space ~
39418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39420 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39428 will be used to save the backups.
39429 \begin_inset Newline newline
39432 The backup files have the ending
39433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39443 \begin_layout Description
39448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39455 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39456 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39457 \begin_inset Newline newline
39461 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39469 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39477 \begin_layout Description
39479 \begin_inset Space ~
39482 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39485 \begin_layout Description
39487 \begin_inset Space ~
39490 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39491 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39492 to find it on the system.
39493 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39494 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39496 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39500 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39503 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39504 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39508 \begin_layout Section
39512 \begin_layout Standard
39513 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39514 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39516 \begin_inset Space ~
39520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39522 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39526 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39529 \begin_layout Section
39534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39535 Language ! Settings
39544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39545 Settings ! Language
39553 \begin_layout Subsection
39557 \begin_layout Description
39559 \begin_inset Space ~
39562 language is the language used in new documents
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset Space ~
39570 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39572 The default is the LaTeX-command
39578 that loads the package
39586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39588 \begin_inset Space ~
39592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39594 reference "sec:ERT"
39604 \begin_inset Newline newline
39611 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39612 the document language.
39613 A text label is for instance the word
39614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39621 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39624 \begin_layout Description
39626 \begin_inset Space ~
39629 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39630 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39631 An example is the start command
39637 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39642 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39657 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39662 \begin_layout Description
39664 \begin_inset Space ~
39672 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39673 command toggles the package on and off.
39676 \begin_layout Description
39678 \begin_inset Space ~
39688 \begin_layout Description
39689 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39690 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39691 used by all LaTeX-packages.
39692 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39699 \begin_layout Description
39701 \begin_inset Space ~
39704 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39706 When this option is not set, the
39709 \begin_inset Space ~
39714 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39715 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39718 \begin_inset Space ~
39726 \begin_layout Description
39728 \begin_inset Space ~
39734 \begin_inset Space ~
39740 When it is not set, the
39743 \begin_inset Space ~
39748 is set to the end of the document.
39751 \begin_layout Description
39753 \begin_inset Space ~
39757 \begin_inset Space ~
39760 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39761 language will be underlined blue.
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset Space ~
39770 \begin_inset Space ~
39774 \begin_inset Space ~
39778 \begin_inset Space ~
39781 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39785 \begin_layout Subsection
39789 \begin_layout Standard
39790 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39791 \begin_inset Space ~
39795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39797 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39804 \begin_layout Section
39808 \begin_layout Subsection
39810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39839 \begin_layout Description
39841 \begin_inset Space ~
39844 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39845 The name will be used when the
39850 \begin_inset Newline newline
39854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39862 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39871 \begin_layout Description
39873 \begin_inset Space ~
39877 \begin_inset Space ~
39881 \begin_inset Space ~
39884 printer This option works only for the
39889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39901 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39902 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39905 \begin_layout Description
39907 \begin_inset Space ~
39910 command is the command LyX
39911 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39915 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39918 LaTeX uses for printing.
39919 The default is on most systems
39926 \begin_layout Description
39928 \begin_inset Space ~
39932 \begin_inset Space ~
39935 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39936 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39937 of the program that provides the
39944 \begin_layout Subsection
39949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39960 Settings ! Date format
39968 \begin_layout Standard
39969 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39970 \begin_inset Newline newline
39974 \begin_inset Flex URL
39977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39979 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39985 \begin_inset Newline newline
39988 For example the format
39989 \begin_inset Newline newline
39993 \begin_inset Newline newline
39996 prints the date as day/month/year.
39999 \begin_layout Subsection
40003 \begin_layout Description
40005 \begin_inset Space ~
40009 \begin_inset Space ~
40012 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40015 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40016 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40018 \begin_inset Space ~
40024 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40028 \begin_layout Description
40030 \begin_inset Space ~
40033 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40038 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40039 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40042 \begin_layout Subsection
40047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40057 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40074 \begin_layout Description
40079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40087 \begin_inset Space ~
40090 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40095 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40117 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40130 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40131 LyX sets up in the background.
40132 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40135 \begin_layout Description
40137 \begin_inset Space ~
40141 \begin_inset Space ~
40144 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40149 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40152 \begin_layout Description
40154 \begin_inset Space ~
40158 \begin_inset Space ~
40162 \begin_inset Space ~
40166 \begin_inset Space ~
40170 \begin_inset Space ~
40174 \begin_inset Space ~
40177 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40182 dialog when changing the document class.
40185 \begin_layout Standard
40188 External Applications
40190 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40191 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40192 manuals of the applications.
40193 Currently the following commands can be set:
40196 \begin_layout Description
40201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40209 \begin_inset Space ~
40212 command Command for the program
40216 that is described in section
40227 \begin_layout Description
40232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40240 \begin_inset Space ~
40243 command Command for the program
40247 that generates the bibliography, see section
40248 \begin_inset Space ~
40252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40254 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40261 \begin_layout Description
40263 \begin_inset Space ~
40266 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40267 \begin_inset Space ~
40271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40273 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40280 \begin_layout Description
40282 \begin_inset Space ~
40286 \begin_inset Space ~
40290 \begin_inset Space ~
40294 \begin_inset Space ~
40297 options They only have an effect when the program
40301 is used as DVI-viewer.
40304 \begin_layout Subsection
40309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40328 \begin_layout Standard
40333 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40336 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40338 uses the Windows path style:
40341 \begin_layout Standard
40349 \begin_layout Standard
40350 instead of the Unix path style:
40353 \begin_layout Standard
40357 \begin_layout Section
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40372 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40373 from one format to another.
40374 You can modify them or create new ones.
40375 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40382 \begin_inset Space ~
40392 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40396 \begin_inset Space ~
40401 drop-down list, modify the
40405 field, and press the
40412 \begin_layout Standard
40415 Converter File Cache
40417 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40420 Maximum Age (in days
40423 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40424 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40427 \begin_layout Standard
40428 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40429 the converter definition, is described in section
40440 \begin_layout Section
40445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40454 name "sec:File-Formats"
40461 \begin_layout Standard
40462 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40463 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40465 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40473 \begin_inset Space ~
40485 \begin_layout Standard
40486 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40487 is described in section
40498 \begin_layout Section
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40514 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40515 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40516 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40517 This is done by a Copier.
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40521 More about converters is described in section
40532 \begin_layout Chapter
40533 Units available in LyX
40537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40546 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40553 \begin_layout Standard
40554 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40557 reference "cap:Units"
40561 explains all units available in LyX.
40564 \begin_layout Standard
40565 \begin_inset Float table
40571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40572 \begin_inset Caption
40574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40590 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 \begin_inset Tabular
40599 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40698 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40702 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40726 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40730 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40753 scaled point (65536
40754 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40758 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40786 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40814 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40818 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40842 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40846 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40869 % of original image width
40876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41062 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41083 \begin_layout Chapter
41085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41094 \begin_layout Standard
41095 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41096 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41099 \begin_layout Itemize
41102 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41105 \begin_layout Itemize
41111 \begin_layout Itemize
41117 \begin_layout Itemize
41123 \begin_layout Itemize
41129 \begin_layout Itemize
41135 \begin_layout Itemize
41141 \begin_layout Itemize
41147 \begin_layout Itemize
41150 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41153 \begin_layout Itemize
41159 \begin_layout Itemize
41165 \begin_layout Itemize
41171 \begin_layout Itemize
41177 \begin_layout Itemize
41183 \begin_layout Itemize
41189 \begin_layout Itemize
41195 \begin_layout Itemize
41201 \begin_layout Itemize
41203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41212 \begin_layout Standard
41213 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41216 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41223 \begin_layout Bibliography
41224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41225 LatexCommand bibitem
41232 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41235 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41240 \begin_inset Newline newline
41244 \begin_inset Flex URL
41247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41249 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41257 \begin_layout Bibliography
41258 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41259 LatexCommand bibitem
41260 key "latexcompanion"
41264 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41266 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41269 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41272 \begin_layout Bibliography
41273 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41274 LatexCommand bibitem
41279 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41282 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41285 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41288 \begin_layout Bibliography
41289 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41290 LatexCommand bibitem
41297 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41300 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41303 \begin_layout Bibliography
41304 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41305 LatexCommand bibitem
41317 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41320 \begin_layout Bibliography
41321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41322 LatexCommand bibitem
41328 \begin_inset Newline newline
41332 \begin_inset Flex URL
41335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41345 \begin_layout Bibliography
41346 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41347 LatexCommand bibitem
41353 \begin_inset Newline newline
41357 \begin_inset Flex URL
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41362 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41370 \begin_layout Bibliography
41371 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41372 LatexCommand bibitem
41378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41380 name "Documentation"
41381 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41390 \begin_inset Newline newline
41394 \begin_inset Flex URL
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41399 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41407 \begin_layout Bibliography
41408 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41409 LatexCommand bibitem
41415 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41417 name "Documentation"
41418 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41422 of the LaTeX-package
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41431 LaTeX-packages ! caption
41437 \begin_inset Newline newline
41441 \begin_inset Flex URL
41444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41454 \begin_layout Bibliography
41455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41456 LatexCommand bibitem
41462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41464 name "Documentation"
41465 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41469 of the LaTeX-package
41477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41478 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41484 \begin_inset Newline newline
41488 \begin_inset Flex URL
41491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41493 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41501 \begin_layout Bibliography
41502 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41503 LatexCommand bibitem
41509 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41511 name "Documentation"
41512 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41516 of the LaTeX-package
41524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41531 \begin_inset Newline newline
41535 \begin_inset Flex URL
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41548 \begin_layout Bibliography
41549 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41550 LatexCommand bibitem
41556 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41558 name "Documentation"
41559 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41563 of the LaTeX-package
41571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41578 \begin_inset Newline newline
41582 \begin_inset Flex URL
41585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41587 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41595 \begin_layout Bibliography
41596 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41597 LatexCommand bibitem
41603 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41605 name "Documentation"
41606 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41610 of the LaTeX-package
41618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41619 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41625 \begin_inset Newline newline
41629 \begin_inset Flex URL
41632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41642 \begin_layout Bibliography
41643 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41644 LatexCommand bibitem
41650 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41653 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41657 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41658 \begin_inset Newline newline
41662 \begin_inset Flex URL
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41675 \begin_layout Bibliography
41676 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41677 LatexCommand bibitem
41683 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41686 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41690 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41691 \begin_inset Newline newline
41695 \begin_inset Flex URL
41698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41708 \begin_layout Bibliography
41709 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41710 LatexCommand bibitem
41716 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41719 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41723 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41724 \begin_inset Newline newline
41728 \begin_inset Flex URL
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41733 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41741 \begin_layout Bibliography
41742 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41743 LatexCommand bibitem
41749 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41752 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41756 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41757 \begin_inset Newline newline
41761 \begin_inset Flex URL
41764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41766 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41774 \begin_layout Bibliography
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41776 LatexCommand bibitem
41782 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41785 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41789 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41790 \begin_inset Newline newline
41794 \begin_inset Flex URL
41797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41799 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41807 \begin_layout Bibliography
41808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41809 LatexCommand bibitem
41815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41818 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41822 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41823 \begin_inset Newline newline
41827 \begin_inset Flex URL
41830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41832 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41840 \begin_layout Bibliography
41841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41842 LatexCommand bibitem
41848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41851 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41855 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41856 \begin_inset Newline newline
41860 \begin_inset Flex URL
41863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41865 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41873 \begin_layout Bibliography
41874 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41875 LatexCommand bibitem
41881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41884 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41888 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41889 \begin_inset Newline newline
41893 \begin_inset Flex URL
41896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41898 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41906 \begin_layout Standard
41907 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41941 \begin_inset Note Note
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41951 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41952 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41953 bibliography is the second one:
41961 \begin_layout Standard
41962 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41963 LatexCommand bibtex
41964 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
41965 options "biblio/alphadin"
41972 \begin_layout Standard
41973 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41976 \begin_layout Standard
41979 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
41980 LatexCommand printnomenclature
41985 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
41986 LatexCommand printindex